The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPROJECT MANUAL - 05-00271 – Rexburg LDS Temple – StructureRexburg Idaho Temple THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS PROJECT MANUAL Bid Package #1 Sitework, Underground MEP, Foundation Architect Project Number. 04119 G�Qf•.fl �Cy7T Cr 1 qJ114- 9y�pp�ppO= Nk B. H��Q Contractor: FJ JACOBSEN co„f,ru�r=or, Jacobsen Construction Company Inc. 3131 West 2210 South P.O. Box 27608 Salt Lake City, Utah 84127-0608 phone: 801.973-0500 fax 801.973-7496 e-mail: cdchards(abiacabsenconstruc ion.com Architect: A R C H I T E C T U R A L nexus Architectural Nexus 2150 South 1300 East 135 North Main Street Suite 200 Suite 200 Salt Lake City, UT 84106 Logan, UT 84321 801.924.6000 435.753.2141 801.924.5001 435, 752.4160 e-mail: Iherronoarchnexus corncorn June 2005 114 1 i MIr � 5 OWNERICONSULTANT PAGE Owner: Contractor: The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter -Day Saints 50 East North Temple Street Salt Lake City, Utah 84150 phone: 801.240.1000 fax: 801.240.5081 e-mail: mart"ndalevItlildschumh or0 Architect: A R C H I T E C T U R A L nexus Architectural Nexus 2150 South 1300 East 135 North Main Street Suite 200 Suite 200 Satt Lake City, UT 84106 Logan, UT 84321 phone: 801.924.5000 435.753.2141 fax: 801.924.5001 435.752.4160 e-mail: Ih rronParchnexus com Landscape Architect: C.3uD G Brown Design, Inc. I South Main Street Suite 400 Salt Lake City, Utah 84101 phone: 801.575.6066 fax: 801.575.6166 e-mail: e-&Abrowndeslan com Mechanical Engineer: M(jlfflll;i/ l /BB8:1fIGi' L"MIMIS Heath Engineering 377 West 800 North Satt Lake City, Utah 84116 phone: 801.322.0487 fax: 801 322.0490 e-mail: LndersonID Acoustical Engineer: Spectrum Engineers 175 South .am Street, Suite 300 Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 phone: 11.328.5151 fax:801.328.5155 e-mall: rtd�spe�+*um-engineers-cont [F*jTJ�� Jacobsen Construction Company 3131 West 2210 South P.O. Box 27608 Salt Lake City, Utah 84127-0608P phone: 801.973-0500 fax: 801.973-7496 - e-mail: h.1d`a bsen0onstmction com Civil Engineer: GREAT BASIN ENGINEERING NORTH Great Basin Engineering North 5746 South 1475 East Suite 200 Ogden, Utah 84403 phone: 801.521.0222 fax: 801.392.7544 e-mail:tl ve@.aben0dh.com Structural Engineer: ffmop KPFF Consulting Engineers 111 SW 5°i Avenue, Suite 2500 Portland, Oregon 97225 phone: 503.227.3251 fax: 503.227.7980 e-mail: nathancharit-Okpif.ccm Electrical Engineer: BNACONSULTING BNA Consulting Engineers 635 South State Street Salt Lake City, Utah 84111 phone: 801.532.2196 fax: 801.532.2305 e-mail: Richard®bna il com Fire Protection Engineer: RDF Engmeedng & Design .gmoanmdav RDF Engineering and De ign 3668 South Eastwood Drive Satt Lake City, Utah 84109 phone: 801.277.4933 fax: 801.277.3955 e-mail: dfesicIDarosnet TABLE of CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS INVITATION TO BID INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS Geotechnical Data SAMPLE FORMS Equal Product Approval Request Form Bid Form Subcontractors And Major Material Suppliers List Form of Agreement Construction Material Asbestos Statement CONDITIONS of the CONTRACT GENERAL CONDITIONS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents DIVISION 02 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02050 BASIC SITE MATERIALS AND METHODS 02051 GENERAL SITE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 02200 SITE PREPARATION 02222 MINOR SITE DEMOLITION 02230 SITE CLEARING 02300 EARTHWORK 02311 ROUGH GRADING 02315 EARTHWORK 02316 GRANULAR BASE 02362 TERMITE CONTROL 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02500 UTILITY SERVICES 02513 FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER DISTRIBUTION 02518 WATER SUPPLY 1 Ductile Iron 02522 UNDERGROUND CHILLED WATER 02535 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS 02554 NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 02600 DRAINAGE AND CONTAINMENT 02630 STORM DRAINAGE DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03310 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE DIVISION 04 - MASONRY -NOTUSED DIVISION 05 - METALS 05100 STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05300 METAL DECK 05310 STEEL DECK 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Bid Package #1 - 2 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents DIVISION 06 - WOOD AND PLASTICS -NOTUSED DIVISION 07 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07100 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 07135 SHEET WATERPROOFING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM 07200 THERMAL PROTECTION 07213 RIGID INSULATION 07261 UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER DIVISION 08 - DOORS AND WINDOWS -NOTUSED DIVISION 09 - FINISHES-NOTUSED DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES -NOTUSED DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT -NOTUSED DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS -NOTUSED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 13900 FIRE SUPPRESSION 13930 WET -PIPE FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS -NOTUSED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15051 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15100 BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 15101 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 15105 PIPES AND TUBES 15141 POTABLE WATER PIPING SYSTEMS 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS 15196 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM Bid Package #1 - 3 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents 15400 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES DIVISION 16 -ELECTRICAL 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16051 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16100 WIRING METHODS 16132 RACEWAY AND CONDUIT 16200 ELECTRICAL POWER 16210 ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 4 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents all R I's I.. - SAMPLE FORMS, ETC BLANK PAGE 11IT'ITATION TO BID 1. PROJECT: Rexburg Idaho Temple 2. LOCATION: 700 South 200 East Rexburg, Idaho 3. OWNER: Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, A Utah Corporation Sole 50 East North Temple Street Salt Lake City, Utah 84150 4. ARCHITECT: Architectural Nexus 2150 North 1300 East, Ste 200 Salt Lake City, Utah 84106 Phone: 801-924-5000 Fax: 801-924-5001 Email: Iherron@archnexus.com 5. CONSTRUCTOR: Jacobsen Construction Company, Inc. 3131 West 2210 South P.O. Box 27608 Salt Lake City, UT 84127-0608 Phone: 801 973-0500 Fax: 801 973-7496 Email: crichards@jacobsenconstruction.com 5. DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: A New Custom Temple for Rexburg, Idaho. 135 North Main Street, Ste 200 Logan, UT 84321 Phone: 435-753-2141 Fax: 435-752-4160 6. TYPE OF BID: Bids shall be on a lump -sum basis, as required under partnering agreement. 7. TIME OF COMPLETION: The time limit for completion of this Work shall be as determined by partnering agreement, but not later than 4 December 2007 in accordance with approved schedule. 8. BID OPENING: Bids for sub -contractors will be received at time and place determined by JCC Project Manager. Bids will be reviewed in accordance with partnering agreement. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 1 June 2005 Invitation To Bid no 11 A. Bidding Documents will be on file at the Architect's office and may be examined at the following locations: Dodge / Scan - Intermountain Contractor 1743 West Alexander Street Salt Lake City, Utah 84119 Architectural Nexus 2150 North '1300 East, Ste 200 Salt Lake City, Utah 84106 Phone: 801-924-5000 Far.: 801-924-5001 Email: Iherron@archnexus.com Jacobsen Construction 3131 West 2210 South PO Box 27608 Salt Lake City, UT 84127-0608 Phone: 801 973-0500 Fax: 801 973-7496 135 North Main Street, Ste 200 Logan, UT 84321 Phone: 435-753-2141 Fax: 435-752-4160 BIDDER'S QUALIFICAVEIdONS: Bidding by subcontractors shall be by invitation only. OWNER'S RIGHT TO REJECT BIDS. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularity therein. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF DOCUMENT K June 2005 Invitation To Bid INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DEFINITIONS: A. The definitions set forth in Section 1 of the General Conditions are applicable to the documents included under Bidding Requirements. B. Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the documents identified as Contract Documents in the Form of Agreement, except for Modifications. The Bidding Requirements are those documents identified as such in the proposed Project Manual. C. Addenda are written or graphic documents issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents. They become part of the Contract Documents as noted in the Form of Agreement upon execution of the Contract. BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS: A. By submitting a bid, the bidder represents that 1. Bidder has carefully studied and compared the Bidding Documents with each other. Bidder understands the Bidding Documents and the bid is fully in accordance with the requirements of those documents. 2. Bidder has thoroughly examined the site including any buildings located thereon, has become familiar with local conditions which might directly or indirectly affect the contract work, and has correlated its personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. 3. Bid is based on the materials, equipment, and systems required by the Bidding Documents, without exception. 3. BIDDING DOCUMENTS: A. Copies 1. Bidding Documents may be obtained as set forth in the Invitation To Bid. 2. Partial sets of Bidding Documents will not be issued. 3. Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing bids and make certain that those submitting sub -bids to them have access to all portions of the documents that pertain to the work covered by sub -bid, including General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and Division 01. Bidder assumes full responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from use of partial sets of Bidding Documents by itself or any sub -bidder. B. Interpretation Or Correction Of Bidding Documents 1. Bidders will request interpretation or correction of any apparent errors, discrepancies, and omissions in the Bidding Documents. 2. Corrections or changes to Bidding Documents will be made by written addenda. C. Substitutions And Equal Products 1. Generally speaking, substitutions for specified products and systems, as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, are not acceptable. However, equal products may be approved upon compliance with Contract Document requirements. 2. The terms 'Acceptable Manufacturers', 'Approved Manufacturers / Suppliers / Installers', and 'VMR (Value Managed Relationship) Manufacturers / Suppliers / Installers' are used throughout the Project Manual to differentiate among the options available to Contractor regarding specified products, manufacturers, and suppliers. See Section 01600 for options available regarding acceptance of equal products. 3. Base bid only on materials, equipment, systems, and suppliers specified in Project Bid Package #1 - 1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Instructions To Bidders Manual unless a. Specified material, equipment, or system is listed under the heading 'Acceptable Manufacturers', and b. Request for use of equal product is submitted on a properly completed Equal Product Approval Request Form for Architect's approval seven days minimum prior to bid opening, and C. Approval for use of such equal product is secured by Addendum issued prior to the scheduled bid opening time. 4. Architect is only authorized to consider requests for approval of equal products to replace specified products in Sections where the heading 'Acceptable Manufacturers' is used and statement, 'Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01600' or 'Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01600,' appears. In Sections where the afore -mentioned statements do not appear and a different heading is used, Architect is authorized as Owner's representative to decline consideration of requests for approval of equal products. Approvals of equal products in such Sections must be made by Owner and will generally be for subsequent Projects. D. Addenda - Addenda will be sent to bidders and to locations where Bidding Documents are on file no later than 7days prior to bid opening or by fax no later than 48 hours prior to bid opening. No Addenda will be issued less than 48 hours prior to bid opening. A. Form And Style Of Bids 1. Bids shall be prepared on Owner's Subcontract Bid Form which may be obtained from the partnered Contractor. 2. Fill in all blanks on Bid Form by typewriter or by printing manually in ink. Signatures shall be in longhand and executed by representative of bidder duly authorized to make contracts. 3. Bids shall bear no information other than that requested on bid form. Do not delete from or add to the information requested on the bid form. B. Bid Security 1. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid bond naming Owner, as listed in the Agreement, as obligee. If Bidder refuses to enter into a Contract or fails to provide bonds and insurance required by the General Conditions, amount of bid security shall be forfeited to Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. 2. Bid bond shall be issued by a surety company meeting requirements of General Conditions for surety companies providing bonds and shall be submitted on AIA Document A310 - Bid Bond or AIA authorized equivalent provided by surety company. The attorney -in -fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. 3. Owner may retain bid security of bidders to whom an award is being considered until - a. Contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished, b. Specified time has elapsed so bids may be withdrawn, or C. All bids have been rejected. C. Submission of Bids 1. Submit bid in opaque envelope containing only bid form and bid security. Envelopes shall be sealed, bear bidder's name, and be addressed as follows - BID FOR Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho If bid is sent by mail, enclose sealed envelope in separate mailing envelope with notation 'SEALED BID ENCLOSED' on face. 2. It is bidder's sole responsibility to see that its bid is received at specified time. Bids Bid Package #1 - 2 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Instructions To Bidders received after specified bid opening time will be returned to bidders unopened. 3. No oral, facsimile transmitted, telegraphic, or telephonic bids, modifications, or cancellations will be considered. D. Modification Or Withdrawal Of Bid 1. Bidder guarantees there shall be no revisions or withdrawal of bid amount for 45 days after bid opening. 2. Prior to bid opening, bidders may withdraw bid by written request or by reclaiming bid envelope. 5. CONSIDERATION OF BIDS: A. Opening Of Bids - See Invitation To Bid. B. Rejection of Bids - Owner reserves right to reject any or all bids and to waive any irregularity therein. C. Acceptance Of Bid 1. No bidder shall consider itself under contract after opening and reading of bids until Agreement is signed, and compliance therewith has been made. 2. Bidder's past performance, organization, subcontractor selection, equipment, and ability to perform and complete its contract in manner and within time specified, together with amount of bid, will be elements considered in award of contract. 6. POST -BID INFORMATION: A. The conditionally accepted bidder submitting bid involving subcontractors and shall submit its list of proposed subcontractors in the bid review meeting. 7. PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND: A. Bond Requirements - Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment bond will be required for this Project as specified in General Conditions. B. Time Of Delivery Of Bonds - Bonds will be delivered to Owner with Agreement signed by bidder. & FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR: A. Form To Be Used - Agreement form will be similar to Owner's sample Form of Agreement included in Bidding Requirements. 9. MISCELLANEOUS: A. Pre -Bid Conference - A pre -bid conference will be held at time and place to be announced. B. Liquidated Damages - Conditions governing liquidated damages ar4e specified in the General Conditiions and in the Supplementary Conditions, C. Examination Schedule for Site - Examination of site shall be determined by Contractor. D. Exemption from local taxes - See Supplementary Conditions. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF DOCUMENT 3 June 2005 Instructions To Bidders BLANK PAGE Bid Package #i - 4 Sitowor .UGK4BP.Foundabon Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June20O5 Instructions ToBidders INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO BIDDERS 1. GEOTECHNICAL DATA A. Soils Report 1. Owner has secured the services of a soils engineer to aid in design of the Project. Following conditions apply - a. A soils report has been prepared by Strata, Inc. referred to as the Geo-technical Engineer. b. Copy of this report may be inspected at office of Architect, his design engineer, Owner, and Partnered Contractor.. C. This report was obtained solely for use in design by Architect and is not a part of the Contract Documents. It is not intended that Contractor rely on soil engineer's report. d. Reports are provided for Contractor's information but are not a warranty of subsurface conditions. Prior to bidding, Contractor may make his own subsurface investigations to satisfy himself with site and subsurface conditions. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF DOCUMENT June 2005 Information Available To Bidders Bid Package #1 8dework.UGMEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE June2OO5 Information Available TnBidders EQUAL PRODUCT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM Project Designation: Request Number: TO: FROM: BID DATE: A proposed product is not legally approved and cannot legally be included in a bid or used in the Work until it appears in an Addendum or other Contract Modification as defined in the General Conditions. See Instructions To Bidders Paragraph 3,C, General Conditions Sections 7 and 12, and Section 01600. PROPOSED EQUAL PRODUCT: Specification Section: Specified Products: Proposed Product: The Undersigned certifies: 1. Proposed equal product has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified products. 2. Same warranty will be furnished for proposed equal product as for specified products. 3. Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. 4. Proposed equal product will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. 5. Proposed equal product does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. ATTACHMENTS: Include the following attachments - 1. Copy of the Project Manual Section where the proposed equal product would be specified, rewritten or red -lined to include any changes necessary to correctly specify the proposed equal product. Identify completely changes necessary to the original Project Manual Section. 2. Copies of details, elevations, cross -sections, and other elements of the Project Drawings redone as necessary to show changes necessary to accommodate proposed equal product. Identify completely the changes from the original Drawings. 3. Complete product literature and technical data, installation and maintenance instructions, test results, and other information required to show complete conformance with requirements of the Contract Documents. SIGNED: Company Address City, State, Zip Telephone , Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho IM Equal Product Approval Request Form June 2005 Sample Forms REVIEW C®I1J MEN*rs: Accepted. See Addenda dumber Submission Not In Compliance With Instructions. Respond to attached comments and resubmit. Proposed Equal Product Not Acceptable. Use specified products. Not Reviewed. Submission received too late. Use specified products. ADDITIOMAd COMMENTS: f Sid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho DATE: Equal Product: Approval Request Form June 2005 Sample Forms BID FORM FOR SUBCONTRACT WORK PROJECT IDENTIFICATION: OWNER: ARCHITECT: BID TO: Rexburg Idaho Temple 700 North 200 East Rexburg, Idaho The Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, A Utah Corporation Sole. Architectural Nexus 2150 South 1300 East, Suite 200 Salt Lake City, Utah 84106 Jacobsen Construction 3131 West 2210 South PO Box 27608 Salt Lake City, UT 84127-0508 135 North Main Street, Suite 200 Logan, UT 84321 The undersigned Bidder agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an agreement with Constructor to perform and furnish the Work described in the Bidding Documents for the Bid Price and within the Time of Completion indicated in this Bid and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2. In submitting this Bid, Bidder represents that: a. Bidder has carefully examined Set(s) Number of the Bidding Documents consisting of the Project Manual containing the Bidding Requirements, the Conditions of the Contract, and the Specifications, entitled the Drawings entitled Dated , and including Sheets numbered and Addenda Numbers b. Bidder has examined the site of the work, existing conditions, and all other conditions affecting the work on the above -named Project. C. Bidder has carefully correlated the information known to Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the site, and other information identified in the Bidding Documents with the Bidding Documents. d. Bidder is familiar with federal, state, and local laws and regulations applicable to Project. e. This bid will remain subject to acceptance for 45 days after the bid opening. Bidder hereby proposes to furnish all materials, labor, equipment, tools, transportations, services, licenses, fees, permits, etc, required by said documents to complete the Work described by the Contract Documents for the lump -sum of: Dollars and No Cents Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and ready for final payment within the number of days indicated in the Agreement. Enclosed is a Bid Bond for not less than five percent of the bid. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Bid Form Sample Forms Respectfully submitted: Company SEAL Signature (If a Corporation) Title (print name) ness Address City, State, and Zip Code Date Telephone FAX License NO. Bid Package ##1 - 2 Bid Form Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Sample Forms SUBCONTRACTORS and MAJOR MATERIAL SUPPLIERS LIST Project Designation: For: THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS To: From: Date: ❑ Attachments (List): Copies: ❑ Owner ❑ Consultants ❑ ❑ ❑ File Signed By: List Subcontractors, as defined in General Conditions, proposed for use on this Project as required by Instructions To Bidders. Use first line for company name, phone and fax numbers, and license number. Use second line for address and contact person. Type, or print clearly in ink. Not all trades apply to the bid package under consideration. 01 - 02 - 03 - 01 Grading - Rough - Finish - 02 Site Utilities - 03 Termite Control - Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho VMR SUBCONTRACTORS OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS 1 June 2005 Subcontractor/Supplier List Sample Forms 04 Paving - 05 Paving Striping - 06 Site Concrete - 07 Irrigation System - 08 Landscaping - 09 Pre -Cast Concrete - 10 Structural Steel - 11 Steel Framing - 12 Steel Deck - 13 Architectural Woodwork - 14 Insulation - 15 Sealants - 16 Roofing - 17 Soffit / Fascia - Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 2 ,tune 2005 Subcontractor/Supplier List Sample Forms 18 Lath & Plaster - 19 Drywall - 20 Ceramic Tile - 21 Acoustical Ceilings - 22 Carpet - 23 Painting - 24 Wall Covering - 25 Operable Partitions - 26 Testing and Balancing - 27 Audio and Video - 28 Elevators / Lifts - 29 Mechanical - 30 Fire Sprinkler - 31 Plumbing - 32 ATC System - Bid Package #1 - 3 Subcontractor/Supplier List Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Sample Forms 33 Electrical - 34 Alarm System - 35 36 37 38 KE END OF DOCUMENT Bid Package #1 - 4 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Subcontractor/Supplier List Sample Forms AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR FOR COST PLUS A FEE WITH GMP (U.S.) BONDS REQUIRED Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, a Utah corporation sole, ("Owner") and ("Contractor') agree as follows: 1. Project Site. Property Number: Address: Project Type: Project Name: _ 2. Scope of the Work. Contractor will furnish all labor, materials, equipment, construction, and services necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Documents. a. The Contract Documents consist of: 1) This Agreement; 2) The General Conditions for Cost Plus a Fee with GMP (U.S.), the Supplementary Conditions, and the Specifications (Divisions 01 through 16) contained in the Project Manual entitled dated [month yearl prepared by ("Architect"); 3) The Drawings prepared by Architect entitled sheet numbers dated [month year] ; 4) Addendum No. dated [month day, yearl (list each addendum separately); and 5) All Modifications to the Contract Documents. b. The Contract Documents are incorporated into this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein c. The definitions set forth in the General Conditions will apply to the Contract Documents. d. The Contract Documents contain the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersede all prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. e. Modifications or other amendments to the Contract Documents must be in writing and as provided in the General Conditions, 4. Time of Commencement and Substantial Completion. a. Contractor will commence the Work on the date for commencement set forth in the Written Notice to proceed from Owner to Contractor. b. Contractor will achieve Substantial Completion and have the Work ready for Owner's inspection no later than _ days from the date of commencement set forth in the Written Notice to proceed from Owner to Contractor, as adjusted in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Time is of the essence. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 5. Contract Sum. a. Owner will pay Contractor for performance of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents the Contract Sum consisting of the Cost of the Work as defined in the General Conditions plus Contractor's Fee which will be percent L _%) of the final Cost of the Work, as adjusted in accordance with the Contract Documents. b. Notwithstanding Section 5.a above or any other provision of the Contract Documents, Contractor guarantees that the Contract Sum will not exceed the Guaranteed Maximum Price which will be Dollars ($ ), as adjusted in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor will not be entitled under any condition to receive from Owner any amount in excess of the Guaranteed Maximum Price. 6. Relationship of the Parties. Contractor is an independent contractor and is not the agent or employee of Owner. 7. Assignment. Neither party to this Agreement will assign any right or obligation hereunder without the prior written consent of the other, which consent may be granted or withheld in such party's absolute discretion. Contractor will not assign moneys due or to become due to Contractor hereunder, nor will Contractor pledge the credit of Owner or bind Owner to any third party. 8. Notice. The parties hereby designate the following addresses and facsimile numbers to be used for sending Written Notice to the other party: To Owner Attention. [Address] [City, State, Zip Code] [Facsimile] To Contractor: Attention: [Address] [City, State, Zip Code] [Facsimile] 9. Effective Date. The effective date of this Agreement is the date indicated by the Owner's signature. June 2005 CON-CBR-0052-US Rev D Page 1 of 2 OWNER: CONTRACTOR: Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, a Utah corporation sole, By: By: ( Designated Representative) ( Designated Representative) (Print Name): (Print Name): Address: Title: Telephone: Address: Date: Telephone: Approved by: Fed ID or SSN: Project Manager License No: Reviewed by: Date: Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 2 June 2005 CON-CBR-0052-US Rev D Page 2 of 2 CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL ASBESTOS STATEMENT For Projects of THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS Building Name: Building Plan Type: Building Address: Building Owner: Corporation of the Presiding Bishop of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints, a Utah Corporation Sole Property Number: Completion Date: As CONTRACT ARCHITECT and principal in charge; based on my best knowledge, information, inspection, and belief; I certify that on the above referenced Project, no asbestos containing building materials were specified in the construction documents or given approval in shop drawings or submittals. Date company Name Contract Architect and Principal in charge As GENERAL CONTRACTOR in charge of construction; based on my best knowledge, information, inspection, and belief; I certify that on the above referenced building, no asbestos containing building materials were used in the construction. Date 1-ompany Name general Contractor in charge The definition of 'certify' in the 'Form of Agreement Between Owner and Architect - 1997 Edition' reads as follows: Article 2, Item F CERTIFY, APPROVE, or APPROVAL - An expression of professional opinion by Architect and/or his consultants, which based on his best knowledge, information, inspection, and belief, that material, workmanship, construction work, and submittals comply with Construction Documents. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Asbestos Statement Sample Forms BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Asbestos Statement Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Sample Forms GENERAL CONDITIONS For Cost Plus A Fee With GMP (U.S.) BONDS REQUIRED TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS SECTION 2 OWNER SECTION 3 CONTRACTOR SECTION 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT SECTION 5 SUBCONTRACTORS SECTION 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS SECTION 7 COST OF THE WORK SECTION 8 CHANGES IN THE WORK SECTION 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. Agreement: the document entitled "Agreement Between Owner and Contractor for Cost Plus A Fee With GMP (U.S.)" executed by Owner and Contractor for performance of the Work. B Allowance: the items identified as such in the Schedule of Values. C. Architect: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. D. Change In The Work: a modification to the requirements of the Contract Documents or a delay in Substantial Completion resulting from an instruction from Owner or Architect to Contractor or from another event or circumstance. E. Change Order: a written instrument prepared by Architect and signed by Owner, Contractor, and Architect stating their agreement upon the following: (1) the occurrence of a Change in the Work; (2) the amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Guaranteed Maximum Price as a result of the Change in the Work; and (3) the extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time as a result of the Change in the Work. F. Construction Change Directive: a written order prepared by Architect and signed by Architect and Owner which: (1) orders a Change in the Work if the terms of a Change Order cannot be agreed upon prior to performance of a Change in the Work described in Section 8.1 or after occurrence of an event or circumstance described in Section 8.2; and (2) states a proposed basis for adjustment, if any, in the Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contract Time, or both, resulting from the Change in the Work. G. Contract Documents: the documents identified as such in the Agreement. H. Contract Sum: the total amount set forth in the Agreement payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work. I. Contract Time: the period of time set forth in the Agreement for the Substantial Completion of the Work. J. Contractor: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. SECTION 9 TIME SECTION 10 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION SECTION 11 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY SECTION 12 INSURANCE AND BONDS SECTION 13 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK SECTION 14 RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES SECTION 15 TERMINATION SECTION 16 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS K. Cost of the Work: The Cost of the Work means the costs described in Section 7.1. necessarily incurred by Contractor in the proper performance of the Work. L. Dav: calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. M. Direct Costs: actual costs for labor, materials, equipment, insurance, bonds, subcontract costs and onsite supervision relating to the Project. Except as provided in Section 7, they do not include labor costs for project managers or other off -site administration. N. Drawings: the documents identified as such in the Agreement. O. Field Change: a written order prepared by Architect and signed by Architect and Contractor for a minor Change in the Work consistent with the general intent of the Contract Documents costing $1,000 or less, resulting in no time extension, and which is necessary to avoid delaying the Work. P. Guaranteed Maximum Price: The Guaranteed Maximum Price is the maximum amount Owner is required to pay Contractor for performance of the Work. The Guaranteed Maximum Price is set forth in the Agreement. Q. Modification: a written amendment to the Contract Documents in the form of a: 1. Change Order; 2. Construction Change Directive; or 3. Field Change. R. Owner: the entity identified as such in the Agreement. S. Protect: the total construction designed by Architect of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part. T. Product Data: standard illustrations, schedules, perfor- mance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by Contractor to illustrate details regarding materials or equipment to be used in the Work, or the manner of installation, operation, or maintenance of such materials or equipment. U. Proiect Manual: the document identified as such in the Agreement. TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 1 of 14 G. Architect has authority to order Construction Change Directives and Field Changes in accordance with Section 8 H. Architect will conduct inspections to determine the dates of Substantial Completion and final completion, will receive and review written guarantees and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by Contractor, and will review and certify or reject Contractor's final payment request. I. Architect will be the interpreter of the performance and requirements of the Contract Documents. Architect's interpretations will be in writing or in the form of drawings J. Architect's decisions in matters relating to artistic effect will be final if consistent with the Contract Documents. SECTION 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS 5.1 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK A. Unless otherwise approved by Owner, Contractor will enter into contracts with Subcontractors not owned or controlled by Contractor to perform all portions of the Work. Subcontracts will contain payment provisions consistent with Section 10 and will not be awarded on the basis of cost plus a fee without the prior consent of Owner. B. Contractor will not contract with any Subcontractor who has been rejected by Owner. Contractor will not be required to contract with any Subcontractor against whom it has a reasonable objection. C. If Owner refuses to accept any Subcontractor proposed by Contractor, Contractor will propose an acceptable substitute to whom Owner has no reasonable objection. D. Contractor will not make any substitution for any Subcon- tractor which has been accepted by Owner and Architect without the prior written approval of Owner and Architect. 5.2 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS A. Contractor's responsibility for the Work includes the labor and materials of all Subcontractors, including those recommend- ed or approved by Owner. Contractor will be responsible to Owner for proper completion and guarantee of all workmanship and materials under any subcontracts. Any warranties required for such work will be obtained by Contractor in favor of Owner and delivered to Architect. It is expressly understood and agreed that there is no contractual relationship between Owner and any Subcontractor, and under no circumstances will Owner be responsible for the non-performance or financial failure of any Subcontractor or any effects therefrom, except to the extent that costs incurred by Contractor resulting from such non-performance or financial failure constitute part of the Cost of the Work payable by Owner to Contractor pursuant to Section 7. B. Contractor agrees to pay the Subcontractors promptly upon receipt of payment from Owner for that portion of the funds received which represents the Subcontractor's portion of the Work completed to Contractor's satisfaction for which payment was made by Owner. C. Contractor will require each Subcontractor to: 1. Be licensed by the state in which the Project is located where such licensing is required by the governing authority; 2. Be bound by the terms of the Contract Documents as far as they are applicable to the Subcontractor's work; 3. Assume toward Contractor the same obligations Contractor has assumed toward Owner, including the prompt payment of its Subcontractors; 4. Submit its applications for payment to Contractor in time to permit Contractor to make timely application to Owner; TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 5. Execute claim or lien releases or lien waivers for payments made by Contractor; and 6. Make all claims for Changes in the Work to Contractor in the same manner as Contractor is required to make such claims to Owner. SECTION 6 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM WORK OR AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. Owner reserves the right to perform work itself or to award separate contracts in connection with the Project. B. When separate contracts are awarded, "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case will mean the contractor who signs each separate contract. 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY A. Contractor will afford other contractors reasonable opportunity to place and store their materials and equipment on site and to perform their work and will properly connect and coordinate its Work with theirs where applicable. B. If any part of Contractor's Work depends upon the work of any separate contractor for proper performance or results, Contractor will inspect and promptly report to Architect any apparent discrepancies or defects in such work that render it unsuitable for proper performance and results. Failure of Contractor to so inspect and report will constitute an acceptance of the work of the separate contractor as fit and proper to receive Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. C. Contractor will promptly remedy damage caused by Contractor or any Subcontractor to the completed or partially completed work of other contractors or to the property of Owner or other contractors. 6.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP If a dispute arises among Contractor and separate contrac- tors as to the responsibility under their separate contracts for maintaining the Project free from waste materials and rubbish, Owner may clean the Project, allocate the cost among those responsible as Owner and Architect determine to be just, and withhold such cost from any amounts due or to become due to Contractor. SECTION 7 - COST OF THE WORK 7.1 EXPENSES INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE WORK The Cost of the Work will include only the costs set forth in this Section 7.1 incurred by Contractor in performing the Work, subject to the exclusions set forth in Section 7.2 and the credits set forth in Section 7.3. A. Labor costs: 1. Unless otherwise agreed to by Owner, actual wages plus benefits of construction workers directly employed by and as employees of Contractor (not independent contractors) to perform the Work at the site or, with Owner's approval, at off -site workshops. 2. Wages plus benefits of Contractor's supervisory and administrative personnel meaning project managers, superintendents, engineers, coordinators, schedulers and accountants, and other clerical staff, but only for time devoted solely to the Project and recorded on time sheets. Owner and Contractor may, at Owner's sole discretion, agree to negotiated wage rates instead of actual wage rates. Wages plus benefits of any other personnel including, without limitation, estimators, Page 6 of 14 B. C. u executive and safety personnel (unless required by an Owner Controlled Insurance Program) are not a Cost of the Work. 3. Wages plus benefits of Contractor's supervisory or administrative personnel engaged at factories, workshops or on the road in expediting the production or transportation of materials or equipment required for the Work, but only for that portion of their time required for the Work. 4. Costs paid or incurred by Contractor for taxes, insurance, contributions, assessments and benefits required by law or collective bargaining agreements and, for personnel not covered by such agreements, customary benefits such as sick leave, medical and health benefits, holidays, vacations and pensions, provided such costs are based on wages and salaries included in the Cost of the Work under Section 7.1, Paragraph A., subparagraphs 1 through 3. Subcontract costs: 1. Payments made for the Work by Contractor to Subcontractors in accordance with the requirements of the relevant subcontracts. 2. Costs incurred by Contractor in taking over, in whole or in part, the work of a Subcontractor or replacing a Subcontractor for cause. Cost of materials and equipment incorporated in the Work: 1. Costs, including transportation, of materials and equipment incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. 2. Costs of materials described in Section 7.1, Paragraph C., subparagraph 1 in excess of those actually installed but required to provide reasonable allowance for waste and spoilage. Costs of other materials, equipment, temporary facilities and related items: 1. Costs for transportation, installation, maintenance, dismantling and removal of materials, supplies, temporary facilities, machinery, equipment, and hand tools not customarily owned by the construction workers, which are provided by Contractor at the site and fully consumed in the performance of the Work; and the cost less salvage value on such items if not fully consumed, whether sold to others or retained by Contractor. The cost of items previously used by Contractor will be their fair market value. 2. Rental charges for temporary facilities, machinery, equipment, and hand tools not customarily owned by the construction workers, which are provided by Contractor at the site, whether rented from Contractor or others, and costs of transportation, installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling and removal thereof. The quantities of and rates for such equipment rented will be subject to Owner's approval. Rental rates charged by Contractor will not exceed the prevailing rental rates in the Project locale for similar equipment. 3. Costs of removal of debris from the site. 4. Costs of long-distance telephone calls, postage, parcel delivery, telephone service at the site, reasonable petty cash expenses of the site office, cellular phone service, facsimile machine service and copy machine services at the site. 5. That portion of the reasonable travel and subsistence expenses of Contractor's personnel incurred while traveling in the discharge of duties relating to the Work. Miscellaneous costs: 1. That portion of Contractor's premiums for insurance and/or bonds required by the Contract Documents and directly attributable to the Work. 2. Sales, use or similar taxes imposed by a governmental authority which are related to the Work. 3. Any fees or assessments for permits, licenses and inspections which are related to the Work. 4. Cost of tests except those costs which result from the fault or negligence of Contractors foremen, superintendents or other supervisory, administrative or managerial personnel. 5. Royalties and license fees paid for the use of a particular design, process or product required by the Contract Documents. 6. Deposits lost for causes other than Contractor's fault or negligence. 7. Legal, mediation and arbitration costs, other than those arising from disputes between Owner and Contractor, approved in advance in writing by Owner and reasonably incurred by Contractor in the performance of the Work. 8. Other costs incurred in the performance of the Work to the extent approved in advance in writing by Owner. Costs described in this Section 7.1 which are incurred by Contractor: 1. In taking action to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss in case of an emergency affecting the safety of persons or property, as provided in Section 11.3. 2. In repairing or correcting Work damaged or improperly executed by construction workers in the employ of Contractor, provided such damage or improper execution did not result from the fault or negligence of Contractor's foremen, superintendents or other supervisory, administrative or managerial personnel and only to the extent that (a) such costs do not arise out of the type of loss that would be covered by a builders risk insurance policy, (b) such costs are not recoverable by Contractor from others, and (c) Contractor is not otherwise compensated therefor by insurance or otherwise. 3. In correcting defective or nonconforming Work performed or supplied by a Subcontractor and not corrected by them, provided such defective or nonconforming Work did not result from the fault or neglect of Contractor's supervisory, administrative or managerial personnel to adequately supervise and direct the Work of the Subcontractor and only to the extent that the cost of correcting the defective or nonconforming Work is not recoverable by Contractor from the Subcontractor or others. 7.2 EXPENSES NOT INCLUDED IN THE COST OF THE WORK Notwithstanding Section 7.1, the following expenses will not be included in the Cost of the Work: A. Salaries and other compensation of Contractor's personnel stationed at Contractor's principal office or offices other than the site office, except personnel providing support for the Work pursuant to Section 7.1. B. Expenses of Contractor's principal office and offices other than the site office. C. Overhead and general expenses, except as may be expressly included in Section 7.1. D. Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work. E. Rental costs of machinery and equipment, except as specifically provided in Section 7.1, Paragraph D, subparagraph 2. F. All costs incurred in performing the Work, in correcting defective Work, defective materials or equipment, or in performing any of Contractor's obligations hereunder to the extent such costs arise out of the negligence or fault of Contractor's foremen, superintendents or other supervisory, administrative or managerial personnel. TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 7 of 14 G. Costs resulting from Contractor's failure to perform any of its obligations to Owner set forth in the Contract Documents. H. Deductible amounts under all insurance. I. Any type of loss that would be covered by a builders risk insurance policy. J. Any cost not specifically and expressly described in Section 7.1. K. All costs which would cause the Contract Sum to exceed the Guaranteed Maximum Price. 7.3 DISCOUNTS, REBATES, REFUNDS AND PROCEEDS OF SALES Cash discounts, trade discounts, rebates, refunds and the proceeds from sale of excess materials and equipment will be treated as follows: A. Cash discounts obtained on payments made by Contractor will accrue to Owner if (1) before making the payment, Contractor included them in a payment request and received payment therefor from Owner, or (2) Owner has deposited funds with Contractor with which to make payments; otherwise, cash discounts will accrue to Contractor. B. Trade discounts, rebates, refunds and proceeds from sales of excess materials and equipment will accrue to Owner, and Contractor will make provisions so that they can be secured. C. Amounts which accrue to Owner in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3, Paragraphs A. and B. will be credited to Owner as a deduction from the Cost of the Work. 7.4 ACCOUNTING RECORDS Contractor will keep full and detailed accounts and exercise such controls as may be necessary for proper financial management under the Contract Documents. The accounting and control systems will be satisfactory to Owner. Owner and Owner's accountants will be afforded access to Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, Subcontractor files, purchase orders, vouchers, memoranda and other data relating to the Work. Contractor will preserve these documents for a period of three years after final payment. SECTION 8 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 8.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN INSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR ARCHITECT TO CONTRACTOR A. If Owner or Architect gives Contractor an instruction which modifies the requirements of the Contract Documents or delays Substantial Completion, Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price and/or the Contract Time. If compliance with the instruction affects the cost to Contractor to perform the Work, the Guaranteed Maximum Price will be adjusted to reflect the reasonable increase or decrease in cost subject to the conditions set forth in Section 8.1, Paragraphs B through G. If compliance with the instruction delays Substantial Completion, the Contract Time will be extended for a period of time commensurate with such delay subject to the conditions set forth in Section 8.1, Paragraphs B through G and Section 8.3, Paragraph A and Contractor will be paid liquidated damages for the delay as set forth in Section 8.3, Paragraph B. B. If Contractor receives an instruction from Owner or Architect which Contractor considers to be a Change in the Work, Contractor, before complying with the instruction, will notify Architect in writing that Contractor considers such instruction to constitute a Change in the Work. If Architect agrees that compliance with the instruction will constitute a Change in the Work, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Modification in accordance with Section 8.1, Paragraphs C. and D. within ten (10) days. C. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price (except for costs related to a time extension) as a result of an instruction by Owner or Architect, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Change Order containing a price breakdown itemized as required by Owner. The breakdown will be in sufficient detail to allow Owner to determine any increase or decrease in Direct Costs as a result of compliance with the instruction. Any amount claimed for subcontracts will be supported by a similar price breakdown and will itemize the Subcontractor's profit and overhead charges. Profit and overhead will be subject to the following limitations: 1. The Subcontractor's profit and overhead will not exceed twelve (12) percent of its Direct Costs. 2. Contractor's profit and overhead on work performed by its own crews will not exceed twelve (12) percent of its Direct Costs. 3. Contractor's mark up on changes to the work will be the fee percentage stated in the Agreement. D. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an instruction from Owner or Architect, Contractor will include in its proposal justification to support Contractor's claim that compliance with the instruction will delay Substantial Completion. E. Upon receipt of Contractor's proposal for Modification, Architect and Owner will determine whether to proceed with the Change in the Work. If Architect and Owner determine to proceed with the Change in the Work, they will issue a Change Order, a Construction Change Directive or a Field Change as appropriate. F. Contractor agrees that if it complies with an instruction from Owner or Architect without first giving written notice to Architect as provided in Section 8.1., Paragraph B, and receiving a Change Order, Construction Change Directive or Field Change, Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or the Contract Time as a result of the instruction and waives any claim therefor. G. If Contractor is instructed to perform work which it claims constitutes a Change in the Work but which Owner and Architect do not agree constitutes a Change in the Work, Contractor will comply with the instruction. Contractor may submit its claim for adjustment to the Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contract Time, or both as a dispute pursuant to Section 14 within thirty (30) days after compliance with the instruction. Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 14 within thirty (30) days after compliance with the instruction, then Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or the Contract Time as a result of the instruction and waives any claim therefor. 8.2 CHANGE IN THE WORK RESULTING FROM AN EVENT OR CIRCUMSTANCE A. If an event or circumstance other than an instruction from Owner or Architect affects the cost to Contractor of performing the Work or delays Substantial Completion, Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price and/or the Contract Time. If the circumstance or event affects the cost to Contractor to perform the Work and is caused by a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect, the Guaranteed Maximum Price will be adjusted to reflect the reasonable increase or decrease in Contractor's cost to perform the Work resulting from the event or circumstance, subject to the conditions set forth in Section 8.2, Paragraphs B through F. If the event or circumstance delays Substantial TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 8 of 14 Completion and is described in Section 8.3, Paragraph A, the Contract Time will be extended for a period of time commensurate with such delay subject to the conditions set forth in such Section. If the circumstance or event delays Substantial Completion and is caused by a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect, then Contractor will be compensated for costs incident to the delay in accordance with Section 8.3, Paragraph B. Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment to the Guaranteed Maximum Price or other damages from Owner as a result of any event or circumstance unless the event or circumstance results from a willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect. If a Change in the Work results from any event or circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will give Owner Written Notice of such event or circumstance within twenty- four (24) hours after commencement of the event or circumstance so that Owner can take such action as is necessary to mitigate the effect of the event or circumstance. Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in either the Contract Time or the Guaranteed Maximum Price based on any damages or delays resulting from such event or circumstance during a period more than twenty-four (24) hours prior to Contractor giving such Written Notice to Owner Contractor will submit in writing any claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time and/or the Guaranteed Maximum Price resulting from an event or circumstance within the time limits set forth below. In the event that Contractor fails to submit its claim in writing within the time limits set forth below, then Contractor agrees it will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Time or the Guaranteed Maximum Price or to any other damages from Owner due to the circumstance or event and waives any claim therefor. 1. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time due to inclement weather will be made by the tenth of the month following the month in which the delay occurred. 2. Claims for an adjustment in the Contract Time and/or the Guaranteed Maximum Price due to any other circumstance or event will be submitted within seven (7) days after the occurrence of the circumstance or event. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price (except for costs related to a time extension) because of an event or circumstance resulting from the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will furnish a proposal for a Change Order containing a price breakdown as described in Section 8.1, Paragraph C. Any amount claimed for increased labor costs as a result of the event or circumstance must be supported by a certified payroll. Any claim for rented equipment or additional material costs must be supported by invoices. If Contractor claims that it is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an event or circumstance, Contractor will include with its claim copies of daily logs, letters, shipping orders, delivery tickets, Project schedules, and other supporting information necessary to justify Contractor's claim that the event or circumstance delayed Substantial Completion. If Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Time as a result of an event or circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect, Contractor will be compensat- ed for all costs related to the delay in accordance with Section 8.3, Paragraph B. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of Contractor's claim, Architect will either deny the claim or recommend approval to Owner. If Owner approves the claim, the adjustment in the Contract Time and/or Guaranteed Maximum Price will be reflected in a Change Order pursuant to Section 8.5 or a Construction Change Directive pursuant to Section 8.6. If Owner or Architect denies Contractor's claim, Contractor may submit its claim as a dispute pursuant to Section 14 within thirty (30) days of receipt of the denial of the claim. If Contractor fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 14 within the thirty (30) day time period, then Contractor agrees it is not entitled to any adjustment in the Contract Time and/ or Guaranteed Maximum Price or any other damages as a result of the event or circumstance and waives any claim therefor. 8.3 EXTENSIONS OF TIME A. If Substantial Completion of the Project is delayed because of any of the following causes, then the Contract Time will be extended by Change Order for a period of time equal to such delay: 1. Labor strikes or lock -outs; Inclement weather; Unusual delay in transportation; Unforeseen governmental requests or requirements; A Change in the Work resulting from an instruction by Owner or Architect to Contractor subject to the conditions set forth in Section 8.1.; or Any other event or circumstance caused by the willful or negligent act or omission of Owner or Architect. Contractor will not be entitled to any compensation for delay described in Section 8.3, Paragraph A, subparagraphs 1, 2, 3 and 4. For each day of delay in Substantial Completion described in Section 8.3, Paragraph A, subparagraphs 5 and 6, Contractor will be paid liquidated damages in the amount per day set forth in the Supplementary Conditions to compensate Contractor for all damages resulting from any delay including but not limited to damages for general conditions costs, additional job site costs, additional home office overhead costs, disruption costs, acceleration costs, increase in labor costs, increase in subcontract costs, in- crease in materials costs, and any other costs incident to the delay. Contractor will be entitled to no other compensa- tion relating to the delay. 8.4 DOCUMENTATION OF CHANGES IN THE WORK Every Change in the Work will be documented by a Change Order, a Construction Change Directive or a Field Change. If Owner, Architect and Contractor reach agreement regarding the adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price, if any, and the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, resulting from a Change in the Work, then the parties will execute a Change Order pursuant to Section 8.5. If Owner, Architect and Contractor cannot reach agreement regarding the adjustment in Guaranteed Maximum Price or the adjustment in Contract Time resulting from a Change in the Work, then Owner and Architect will issue a Construction Change Directive pursuant to Section 8.6. Field Changes require the agreement of Architect and Contractor only. 8.5 CHANGE ORDERS Contractor's signature upon a Change Order is Contractor's acknowledgment that it is not entitled to any additional adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or the Contract Time or any other damages or compensation as a result of the Change in the Work other than that provided for in the Change Order, irrespective of whether a subsequent claim for additional compensation or time extensions relating to the Change in the Work is described as a change in the requirements of the Contract Documents, a delay, a disruption of the Work, an acceleration of the Work, an impact on the efficiency of performance of the Work, an equitable adjustment, or other claim and irrespective of whether the impact of the Change in the Work is considered singly or in conjunction with the impact of other Changes in the Work. 8.6 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 9 of 14 A. Contractor will promptly comply with all Construction Change Directives. B. Pending final resolution of any adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or Contract Time relating to a Construction Change Directive, the amounts proposed by Owner in the Construction Change Directive may be included in Contractor's payment requests once the work relating thereto is completed. C. If after the work described in the Construction Change Directive is completed, Owner, Architect, and Contractor reach agreement on adjustments in the Guaranteed Maximum Price, Contract Time, or both, such agreement will be reflected in an appropriate Change Order. D. If the parties do not reach agreement regarding an adjustment to the Guaranteed Maximum Price, Contract Time, or both relating to the Construction Change Directive within thirty (30) days of the completion of the work described therein, then Contractor may submit its claim for an adjustment pursuant to Section 14 within thirty (30) days of the completion of such work. Contractor agrees that if it fails to submit its claim for resolution pursuant to Section 14 within thirty (30) days of completion of the work described in the Construction Change Directive, then it will not be entitled to an adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or Contract Time resulting from such work except as set forth in the Construction Change Directive and waives any claim therefor. 8.7 FIELD CHANGES Architect and Contractor will sign a Field Change order listing the Change In The Work and the Guaranteed Maximum Price including markups before Contractor proceeds with the Field Change. 8.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS Except as set forth in this Section 8, Contractor will not be entitled to any adjustment in the Guaranteed Maximum Price or the Contract Time or for any damages of any kind whatsoever resulting from an instruction from Owner or B. Architect, any event or circumstance, or any act or omission of Owner or Architect and Contractor expressly waives any and all claims therefor. SECTION 9 - TIME 9.1 TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence. By executing the Agreement, Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. Contractor will proceed expeditiously with adequate resources and will achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. 9.2 COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK Contractor will not commence work on the Project site until the date set forth in the Written Notice to proceed. However, Contractor may enter into subcontracts and secure material for the Project after receipt of the Agreement with Owner's authorized signature. Owner will issue the Written Notice to proceed within forty-five (45) days after Owner receives acceptable bonds and evidence of insurance pursuant to Section 12 unless Owner earlier terminates the Agreement pursuant to Section 15. 10.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Contractor will submit to Architect and Owner with its signed Agreement a schedule of values which allocates the Guaranteed Maximum Price among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values will be supported as well by any other data required by Owner to substantiate its accuracy and will be the basis for Contractor's payment requests. Allowance line item amounts will not be transferred from one line item to another without Owner's consent. 10.2 PAYMENT REQUESTS A. No more than once a month, Contractor will submit a payment request to Architect for work completed, materials stored on site, and for materials stored offsite as of the date of the payment request. The amount of the payment request will be based upon the Schedule of Values submitted by Contractor and will be equal to: 1. The value of the Work completed. (The value of the Work completed will be the percentage of the completed work specified in the Schedule of Values as Sub Bid Work plus the portions of the work specified in the Schedule of Values as Contractor's Estimated Costs that have been actually incurred by Contractor. Owner may request supporting documentation to be submitted by Contractor with the payment request.) 2. Plus the value of the Work completed times the Contractor's Fee percentage. 3. Less retention amounts specified in Supplementary Conditions. 4. Less all prior amounts paid by Owner to Contractor as part of the Contract Sum. 5. Less allowable offsets. The payment request may include Changes in the Work that have been performed by Contractor and authorized by Owner and/or Architect pursuant to Section 8. If a payment request includes materials stored offsite, Contractor will include with the payment request a list of the materials, the location where they are stored and the written request of Contractor and its performance bond surety that payment be made for such materials. Contractor warrants and guarantees that upon the receipt of payment for materials and equipment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, title to such materials and equipment will pass to Owner free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, or encumbrances. Notwithstanding this payment and passage of title, Contractor will remain responsible for all such materials and equipment until actual delivery to the project site, incorporation into the Work and final acceptance by Owner. Contractor further warrants that no material or equipment covered by a payment request is subject to an agreement under which an interest therein or an encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or any other person or entity. 10.3 PAYMENT REQUEST CERTIFICATION A. Architect will, within seven (7) days after receipt of Contractor's payment request, forward to Owner the pay- ment request certified for such amount as Architect determines is properly due. If Architect certifies less than the full amount of the payment request, Architect will notify Contractor and Owner of Architect's reasons for withholding certification of the full amount requested. The certification of the payment request will constitute a representation by Architect to Owner based upon Architect's observations at the site and the data comprising the payment request, that the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that, to the best of Architect's knowledge, information, and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to minor deviations from the Contract Documents TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 10 of 14 correctable prior to completion, and to specific qualifications expressed by Architect. However, the certification of the payment request will not constitute a representation that Architect has: 1. Conducted exhaustive or continuous on -site inspections to check the quantity or quality of the Work; 2. Reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures; 3. Reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcon- tractors or other data requested by Owner to substantiate Contractor's right to payment; or 4. Made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. C. In taking action on Contractor's payment request, Owner will be entitled to rely on the accuracy and completeness of the information furnished by Contractor. 10.4 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION AND PAYMENT A. Architect may withhold certification of a payment request in whole or in part to the extent reasonably necessary to protect Owner if, in the opinion of Architect, the representations to Owner required by Section 10.3, Paragraph B cannot be accurately made. If Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the payment request, Architect will notify Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 10.3, Paragraph A. If Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, Architect will promptly certify a payment request for the amount for which Architect is able to make such repre- sentations to Owner. Architect may also decide not to certify payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a payment request previously certified, to such extent as may be necessary in Architect's opinion to protect Owner from loss because of: 1. Defective work not remedied; 2. Third -party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; 3. Failure of Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors for labor, materials, equipment, construction or services; 4. Reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Guaranteed Maximum Price; 5. Damage to Owner or another contractor for which Contractor is responsible; 6. Reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time and that the unpaid balance will not be adequate to cover the cost of completing the Work and damages for the anticipated delay; or 7. Contractor's persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. Owner reserves the right to withhold payments to Contractor, subsequent to Architect's certification of any payment request, in order to protect Owner from loss due to any condition described in Section 10.4, Paragraph A, Subparagraphs 1 through 7. Upon satisfactory resolution of any such conditions, payments so withheld will be made. 10.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS A. Owner will pay Contractor progress payments within the parameters of Section 10.2 within fifteen (15) days after Owner receives the certified payment request from Architect. B. Owner will pay any unpaid retention less any amounts withheld pursuant to Section 10.4 within fifteen (15) days after Contractor achieves Substantial Completion, submits its payment request for retained funds and delivers to Architect Owner's form entitled "Contractor's Substantial Completion Affidavit and Consent of Surety" fully executed by Contractor and its surety. C. Owner will make payments to Contractor by either placing the payments in the mail addressed to Contractor or by electronic transfer at Owner's discretion. D. Upon receipt of any payment from Owner, Contractor will pay to each Subcontractor the amount paid to Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. E. Contractor will maintain a copy of each payment request at the Project site for review by the Subcontractors. F. No payment made under the Contract Documents, either in whole or in part, will be construed to be an acceptance of defective or improper materials or workmanship. 10.6 FINAL PAYMENT A. Upon completion of the Work, Contractor will submit its final accounting of the Cost of the Work to Owner. Owner's accountants will review and report in writing to the Contractor on Contractor's final accounting within thirty (30) days after delivery of the final accounting to Owner by Contractor. B. If Owner's accountants report the Cost of the Work as substantiated by Contractor's final accounting to be less than claimed by Contractor, Contractor will be entitled to submit the matter as a dispute pursuant to Section 14. Contractor will make such submission within thirty (30) days after Contractor's receipt of the report from Owner's accountants. If Contractor does not submit the matter as a dispute within said thirty (30) day period, the final Cost of the Work will be as determined by Owner's accountants. Pending a final resolution of the dispute, Owner will pay Contractor the amount established by Owner's accountants. Owner will make full and final payment within thirty (30) days of the completion of all of the following requirements: 1. Architect has declared to Owner in writing that the Work is complete; 2. Architect has received conditional releases or releases or waivers of lien from all Subcontractors; 3. Contractor has submitted to Owner Contractor's final accounting for the Cost of the Work and Contractor's final payment request; 4. Owner's accountants have reviewed and approved Contractor's final accounting for the Cost of the Work. D, The amount of the final payment will be calculated as follows: 1. Take the sum of the Cost of the Work substantiated by Contractor's final accounting and Contractor's Fee, but not more than the Guaranteed Maximum Price; 2. Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by Owner; and 3. Subtract the amount of any offsets that Contractor owes to Owner. E. If the aggregate of previous payments made by Owner exceeds the amount due Contractor, Contractor will reimburse the difference to Owner. F. Acceptance of final payment by Contractor or any Subcon- tractor will constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except for those claims previously made in writing pursuant to Section 8 and identified by Contractor in its affidavit as still pending. G. If, subsequent to final payment and at Owner's request, Contractor incurs Costs of the Work described in Section 7 to correct defective or nonconforming Work, Owner will reimburse Contractor such costs on the same basis as if such costs had been incurred prior to final payment, but not in excess of the Guaranteed Maximum Price. TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 11 of 14 SECTION 11 -PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS Contractor will be responsible to Owner for initiating and supervising all safety programs in connection with the performance of the Work. 11.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Contractor will take reasonable precautions to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. All persons on the site; 2. The Work and materials and equipment to be incorporat- ed into the Work; and 3. Other property at the site or adjacent to it. B. Contractor will give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and other lawful requirements of public authorities bearing on the safety or protection of persons and property. C. Contractor will designate a responsible member of its organization at the site whose duty will be the prevention of accidents. This person will be Contractors onsite representative unless otherwise designated in writing by Contractor to Owner and Architect. 11.3 EMERGENCIES In case of an emergency endangering life or threatening the safety of any person or property, Contractor may, without waiting for specific authorization from Architect or Owner, act at its own discretion to safeguard persons or property. Contractor will immediately notify Architect of such emergency action and make a full written report to Architect within five (5) days after the event. SECTION 12 - INSURANCE AND BONDS 12.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Contractor will obtain the following insurance and provide evidence thereof as described below prior to commencement of the Work or within ten (10) days after signing the Agreement, whichever is earlier: 1. Workers Compensation Insurance. 2. Employers Liability Insurance with minimum limits of the greater of $500,000 per accident/disease or as required by the law of the state in which the Project is located. 3. Commercial General Liability Insurance - ISO Form CG 00 01 (10/93) or equivalent Occurrence Policy which will provide primary coverage in the event of any Occurrence Claim, or Suit, with: a. Limits of not less than: 1) $2,000,000 General Aggregate; 2) $2,000,000 Products - Comp/OPS Aggregate: 3) $1,000,000 Personal and Advertising Injury: 4) $1,000,000 Each Occurrence; 5) $50,000 Fire Damage (any one fire); and 6) $5,000 Medical Expense (any one person). b. Endorsements attached thereto including the following or their equivalent: 1) ISO Form CG 25 03 (10/93), Amendment Of Limits of Insurance (Designated Projector Premis- es), describing the Agreement and specifying limits as shown above. 2) ISO Form CG 20 10 (10/93), Additional Insured -- Owners, Lessees, Or Contractors (Form B), naming Owner and Architect as additional insureds. 4. Automobile Liability Insurance, with: a. A minimum limit of $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit per accident; and b. Coverage applying to "Any Auto." TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Contractor will provide evidence of such insurance to Owner as follows: 1. Deliver to Owner a Certificate of Insurance, on ACORD 25-S (3/93) Form, or equivalent: a. Listing Owner as a Certificate Holder and Additional Insured on general liability and any excess liability policies; b. Attaching the endorsements set forth above. (Note: If forms other than ISO forms are used, copies of the non -ISO forms will be attached to this certifi- cate); c. Identifying the Project; d. Containing a cancellation clause of the certificate amended to read: "Should any of the above described policies be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, the issuing insurer will mail 30 days prior written notice to the certificate holder names to the left; e. Listing the insurance companies providing coverage (All companies listed must be rated "B+ Class VI I" or better in the A.M. Best Company Key Rating Guide - Property -Casualty, current edition); and f. Bearing the name, address and telephone number of the producer and an original signature of the authorized representative of the producer. Facsimile or mechanically reproduced signatures will not be accepted. C. Contractor will maintain, from commencement of the Work, Insurance coverage required in Section 12.1 as follows: 1. Commercial General Liability Insurance through expiration of warranty period specified in Section 13.2, Paragraph B. including completion of any warranty repairs; and 2. All other insurance through Final Payment. D. Owner reserves the right to reject any insurance company, policy, endorsement, or certificate of insurance with or without cause. E. Owner will provide builders risk insurance for the cost of the Project subject to a $2,500 deductible per occurrence of any loss. This $2,500 per occurrence deductible will be the responsibility of Contractor and will not be included in the Cost of the Work or be a reimbursable expense. The policy will be written on an all risk basis with exclusions standard for the insurance industry. Coverage for perils of wind, flood, earthquake, and terrorism will be provided by Owner, subject to the $2,500 deductible per occurrence which will be the responsibility of Contractor and will not be included in the Cost of the Work or be a reimbursable expense. Contractor will report losses immediately to the Owner and Owner's Risk Management Division and will comply with all other terms, conditions, and deadlines of the builders risk policy. Contractor will cooperate with Owner, insurance adjusters and representatives in their investigation, documentation and settlement of loss claims. Owner will provide a copy of the terms and conditions of the builders risk policy to Contractor upon Contractor's request. 12.2 PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND A. Prior to commencement of the Work or within ten (10) days after signing the Agreement, whichever is earlier, Contractor will furnish to Owner a performance bond and a labor and material payment bond each in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Guaranteed Maximum Price as security for all obligations arising under the Contract Documents. Such bonds will: 1. Be written on Form AIA Document A312 (1987). 2. Be issued by a surety company or companies licensed in the state in which the Project is located and holding valid certificates of authority under Sections 9304 to 9308, Title 31, of the United States Code as acceptable sureties or reinsurance companies on federal bonds. Page 12 of 14 3. Have a penal sum obligation not exceeding the authorization shown in the current revision of Circular #670 as issued by the United States Treasury Department, i.e. "Treasury List'. 4. Be accompanied by a certified copy of the power of attorney stating the authority of the attorney -in -fact executing the bonds on behalf of the surety. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety company, performance bond, or labor and material payment bond with or without cause. SECTION 13 - UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK Contractor will notify Architect at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of performing work which would cover up work or otherwise make it difficult to perform inspections required by the Specifications or by applicable governing authorities. Should any such work be covered without proper notification having been given to Architect, Contractor will uncover that work for inspection at its own expense. 13.2 CORRECTION OF WORK A. Contractor will promptly correct any portion of the Work which is rejected by Architect or which fails to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether observed before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed. Contractor will bear the cost of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspection costs, compensation for Architect's services, and any other expenses made necessary thereby. Contractor will remedy any defects due to faulty materials, equipment, or workmanship which appear within a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion or within such longer period of time as may be prescribed by law or by the terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents. Contractor will pay all costs of correcting faulty work, including additional Architect's fees , attorneys fees, expert fees, consultant fees, copy costs, and other expenses when incurred. Nothing in the Contract Documents will be construed to establish a period of limitation within which Owner may enforce the obligation of Contractor to comply with the Contract Documents. The one year period specified above has no relationship to the time within which compliance with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor's liability with respect to Contractor's obligations. 13.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK A. If Owner prefers to accept any portion of the Work not in conformance with the Contract Documents, Owner may do so instead of requiring removal and correction of the nonconforming Work. In that event, the Contract Sum will be reduced by an amount agreed upon by the parties which reflects the difference in value to Owner between the Work as specified and the nonconforming Work. The Guaranteed Maximum Price will also be reduced by an amount identical to the reduction in the Contract Sum. Such adjustment may consider increased maintenance costs, early replacement costs, increased inefficiency of use, and the like and will be effective whether or not final payment has been made. Such adjustment will be reflected in a Change Order pursuant to Section 8.5. B. Temporary or trial usage by Owner or Architect of mechanical devices, machinery, apparatus, equipment, or other work or materials supplied under the Contract Documents prior to written acceptance by Architect, will not constitute Owner's acceptance. SECTION 14 - RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 14.1 PROCEDURE In the event there is any dispute arising under this Agreement which cannot be resolved by agreement between the parties, either party may submit the dispute with all documentation upon which it relies to Owner's Director of Field Technical Support, Physical Facilities Department, 50 East North Temple, 4th Floor West Wing, Salt Lake City, Utah 84150, who will convene a dispute resolution conference within thirty (30) days. The dispute resolution conference will constitute settlement negotiations and any settlement proposal made pursuant to the conference will not be admissible as evidence of liability. In the event that the parties do not resolve their dispute pursuant to the dispute resolution conference, either party may commence legal action to resolve the dispute. Any such action must be commenced within six (6) months from the first day of the dispute resolution conference or be time barred. Submission of the dispute to the Director as outlined above is a condition precedent to the right to commence legal action to resolve any dispute. In the event that either party commences legal action to adjudicate any dispute without first submitting the dispute to the Director, the other party will be entitled to obtain an order dismissing the litigation without prejudice and awarding such other party any costs and attorneys fees incurred by that party in obtaining the dismissal, including without limitation copy costs and expert and consultant fees and expenses. 14.2 CONTRACTOR TO PROCEED WITH DILIGENCE Pending final resolution of a dispute hereunder, Contractor will proceed diligently with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement. SECTION 15 - TERMINATION 15.1. TERMIN;-'t110 i OY CONTRACTOR In the event Owner materially breaches any term of the Contract Documents, Contractor will promptly give Written Notice of the breach to Owner. If Owner fails to cure the breach within ten (10) days of the Written Notice, Contractor may terminate this Agreement by giving Written Notice to Owner and recover from Owner, subject to the Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Cost of the Work through the date of termination plus the percentage of the Contractor's Fee thereon, less any offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to unearned profits or any other compensation or damages as a result of the termination and hereby waives any claim therefor. Contractor will provide o Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and other close out documents as well as materials which Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. 15.2 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CAUSE Should Contractor fail to provide Owner with the certificates of insurance required by Section 12 within the time specified therein, make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, fail to apply enough properly skilled workmen or specified materials to properly prosecute the Work in accordance with Contractor's schedule, or otherwise materially breach any provision of the Contract Documents, then Owner may, without any prejudice to any other right or remedy, give Contractor Written Notice thereof. If Contractor fails to cure its default within ten (10) days, TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 13 of 14 Owner may terminate the Agreement by giving Written Notice to Contractor. In such case, Owner may, in Owner's sole discretion, take legal assignment of subcontracts and other contractual rights of Contractor and/or take possession of the premises and all materials, tools, equipment, and appliances thereon, and finish the Work by whatever method Owner deems expedient. Contractor will not be entitled to receive any further payment of outstanding Costs of the Work or Contractor's Fee thereon (less offsets and subject to the Guaranteed Maximum Price) until the Work is finished. Contractor will also be liable to Owner for reimbursement of all additional administrative, architectural, consultant, and legal expenses (including without limitation attorneys fees, expert fees, copy costs, and other expenses) incurred by the Owner relative to the Owner's termination for cause. In addition, should Owners expense to complete the Work exceed the Guaranteed Maximum Price, Contractor will be liable to pay the difference to Owner. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and other close out documents as well as materials which Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. 15.3 TERMINATION BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Contract Documents, Owner may, without cause and in its absolute discretion, terminate the Agreement at any time. In the event of such termination, Contractor will be entitled to recover from Owner, subject to the Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Cost of the Work through the date of termination plus the percentage of the Contractor's Fee thereon, less any offsets. Contractor will not be entitled to unearned profits or any other compensa- tion as a result of the termination and hereby waives any claim therefor. Contractor will provide to Owner all warranty, as built, inspection, and other close out documents as well as materials which Contractor has in its possession or control at the time of termination. Owner may, in Owner's sole discretion, take legal assignment of subcontracts and other contractual rights of Contractor. Without limitation, Contractor's indemnities and obligations under section 3.14 as well as all warranties in the specifications relative to Work provided through the date of termination survive a termination hereunder. SECTION 16 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 16.1 GOVERNING LAW The parties acknowledge that the Contract Documents have substantial connections to the State of Utah. The Contract Documents will be deemed to have been made, executed, and delivered in the State of Utah. To the maximum extent permitted by law, (i) the Contract Documents and all matters related to their creation and performance will be governed by and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Utah; and (ii) all disputes arising from or related to the Contract Documents will be decided only in a state or federal court located in Salt Lake City, Utah and not in any other court or state. Toward that end, the parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Salt Lake City, Utah and waive any other venue to which they might be entitled by virtue of domicile, habitual residence, place of business, or otherwise. 16.2 NO WAIVER No action or failure to act by Owner, Architect, or Contractor will constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract Documents, nor will such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. 16.3 RULE OF CONSTRUCTION Owner and Contractor agree that the Contract Documents will be deemed to have been drafted by both Owner and Contractor and will not be construed against either Owner or Contractor because of authorship. 16.4 ENFORCEMENT In the event either party commences legal action to enforce or rescind any term of the Contract Documents, the prevailing party will be entitled to recover its attorneys fees and costs, including without limitation all copy costs and expert and consultant fees and expenses, incurred in that action and on all appeals, from the other party. 16.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Owner and Architect have the right to have tests made when they deem it necessary. Tests conducted by Owner or Architect will be paid for by Owner. Should a test reveal a failure of the Work to meet Contract Document requirements, the cost of the test as well as subsequent tests related to the failure necessary to determine compliance with the Contract Documents will be paid for by Owner, with the cost thereof deducted from the Contractor's Fee by Modification. D. Tests will be made in accordance with recognized stan- dards by a competent, independent testing laboratory. Materials found defective or not in conformity with Contract Document requirements will be promptly replaced or repaired at the expense of Contractor. C. Owner and Architect have the right to obtain samples of materials to be used in the Work and to test samples for determining whether they meet Contract Document require- ments. Samples required for testing will be furnished by Contractor and selected as directed by Architect. Samples may be required from the sample's source, point of manufacture, point of delivery, or point of installation at Architect's discretion. Samples not required as a Submittal in the Specifications will be paid for by Owner. Should tests reveal a failure of the Sample to meet the Contract Document requirements, Contractor will provide other Samples which comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF DOCUMENT TSS-LEG-0023-US Rev.G June 2005 Page 14 of 14 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS FOR COST PLUS A FEE WITH GMP BONDS REQUIRED (U.S.) ITEM 1 - GENERAL 1. Conditions of the Contract apply to each Division of the Specifications. 2. Provisions contained in Division 01 apply to Divisions 02 through 16 of the Specifications. ITEM 2 - REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES: 1. Taxes paid by Contractor on behalf of Owner as a reimbursable expense with no mark-up and not included basis for calculated Contractor's Fee: a. None, taxes are included in bid and sub bids as required by General Conditions. 2. Fees paid by Contractor on behalf of the Owner as a reimbursable expense with no mark-up and not included basis for calculated Contractor's Fee: a. None, fees are included in bid and sub bids as required by General Conditions. 3. Other costs paid by the Contractor on behalf of the Owner as a reimbursable expense with no mark-up and not included basis for calculated Contractor's Fee: a. None. ITEM 3 - LIQUIDATED DAMAGE AMOUNTS: The amount of liquidated damages to be paid to the Contractor for delays under General Conditions Section 8.3, Paragraph B is $325 per day. ITEM 4 - RETENTION APPLIED TO CONTRACTOR PAYMENTS FOR PROJECTS IN IDAHO: Add the following to Section 10.5 : G In addition and notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner will also withhold and retain 5% of payments made to Contractor. At any time after fifty (50) percent of the Work has been completed, Owner may, at its sole discretion, make any remaining progress payments in full. Contractor may request release from retention for payment of trades that complete work early with no punch list. END OF DOCUMENT CON-CB-0076-US Rev C June 2005 Page 1 of 2 BLANK PAGE CON-CB-0076-US Rev C June 2005 Page 2 of 2 DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 SUMMARY 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Division 01 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Division 01 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents SECTION 01100 SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF DIVISION 01 A. Provisions contained in Division 01 apply to Sections of Divisions 02 through 16 of Specifications. Instructions contained in Specifications are directed to Contractor. Unless specifically provided otherwise, obligations set forth in Contract Documents are obligations of Contractor. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Contractor will furnish total labor, materials, equipment, and services necessary to perform The Work in accordance with Contract Documents. 1.3 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTRACTS A. Separate contracts will be issued for performance of certain construction operations at site. Schedule operations designated by Owner to be completed during construction operations performed under this Contract. B. For items specified above, Contractor will: 1. Allow Owner sufficient lead time for orderly procurement. 2. Schedule delivery of items and performance of work covered by such separate contracts in Contractor's Construction Schedule so as to avoid delays in Substantial Completion. Give written notice to vendors, contractors, and Owner of any revisions to scheduled delivery and work dates at least 90 days in advance. 3. Complete work necessary to receive items provided under such separate contracts prior to scheduled date for performance of such items. Contractor will be back charged for actual expenses incurred by Owner for failure to timely complete such work, including but not limited to cost of crews during downtime or for call backs and costs to correct substrate deficiencies. 4. Store and protect completed work until date of Substantial Completion. 1.4 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. During construction period, Contractor will have use of premises for construction operations. Contractor will ensure that Contractor, its employees, subcontractors and employees comply with following requirements. 1. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits shown on Drawings. Do not disturb portions of site beyond Contract limits. 2. Do not allow alcoholic beverages, illegal drugs, or persons under their influence on Project site. 3. Do not allow use of tobacco in any form on Project Site. 4. Do not allow work on Project site on Sundays except for emergency work. 5. Refrain from using profanity or being discourteous or uncivil to others on Project Site or while performing The Work. 6. Wear shirts with sleeves, wear shoes, and refrain from wearing immodest, offensive, or obnoxious clothing, while on Project Site. 7. Do not allow playing of obnoxious and loud music on Project Site. Do not allow playing of any music within facilities. 8. Do not build fires on Project Site. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 01100 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Summary 9. Do not allow weapons on Project Site, except those carried by law enforcement officers or other uniformed security personnel who have been retained by Owner or Contractor to provide security services. B. Do not load or permit any part of the structure to be loaded with a weight which will endanger its safety. Questions of structural loading as part of construction means and methods shall be addressed by a licensed structural engineer engaged by Contractor, subject to the review by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 01100 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Summary SECTION 01200 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Administrative and procedural requirements governing Contractor's Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections 1. Section 01300, Administrative Requirements: Requirements for Contractor's Construction Schedule and Submittal Schedule 2. Section 01600, Product Requirements: Administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions 1.2 ALLOWANCES A. Allowance are lump sum amounts for items included in bid, but not specifically detailed at time of bidding. The various Bid Packages for this project will delineate any Allowances designated within the documents for the specific Bid Package. B. If actual purchase price differs from Allowance, change order will be issued adjusting Contract Sum by amount of difference. C. Actual purchase price is actual amount paid by Contractor, including applicable sales and use taxes, before taking into account cash discounts for prompt payment. 1.3 ALTERNATES A. With its bid, Contractor may provide prices for alternate products, materials, equipment, systems, methods, units of work, or major elements of The Work. Any of these Alternates may, at Owner's option, be selected for The Work in place of corresponding requirements of Contract Documents. The various Bid Packages for this project will delineate any Alternates designated within the documents for the specific Bid Package. B. Contractor acknowledges that description for each Alternate is incomplete and abbreviated, but that it implies that each Alternate will be complete for scope of work affected. C. Contractor will coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to properly integrate with work of each Alternate selected by Owner. 1.4 UNIT PRICES A. Unit prices listed by Contractor on Bid Form for the various Bid Packages will be used to price changes to Contract Sum. Such unit prices include all labor, material, equipment, overhead, profit, and taxes. B. Unit Price Measurement and Adjustments of Contract Sum 1. Keep daily log of each Unit Price item which includes - a. A description of Unit Price Item; Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 01200 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Price And Payment Procedures b. Quantity; c. Date; d. Time of Day with place for AM and PM; and e. Signature of person preparing log. 2. Submit copy of log to Architect with daily construction reports. 3. Contract Sum will be adjusted by change order to reflect variance, if any, of actual quantities from amount included in base bid for each Unit Price. 1.5 PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Payment Requests 1. Each Payment Request will be consistent with previous requests and payments certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 2. Use Payment Request forms provided by Owner. 3. Request Preparation: a. Complete every entry on Payment Request form. b. Entries will match data on approved schedule of values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions have been made. c. Submit signed Payment Request to Architect with current Construction Schedule. 4. Provide following submittals before or with submittal of Initial Payment Request: a. List of Subcontractors. b. Initial progress report. c. Contractor's Construction Schedule. d. Submittal Schedule. 5. Provide Affidavit of Contractor and Consent of Surety with Payment Request following Substantial Completion. B. Schedule Of Values 1. Submit schedule of values on Owner's standard form to Architect 20 days minimum before submission of Initial Payment Request as a necessary condition before payment will be processed. Coordinate preparation of schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. Correlate line items in Schedule of Values with other required administrative schedules and forms, including: a. Contractor's Construction Schedule. b. Payment Request form. c. Schedule of Allowances. d. Schedule of Alternates. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 2 June 2005 Section 01200 Price And Payment Procedures SECTION 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for Project meetings and conferences. 3. Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of The Work. B. Related Sections 1. Refer to other Division 01 Sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to: a. Permits. b. Applications for payment. c. Performance and payment bonds. d. Insurance certificates. e. List of Subcontractors. 2. Section 01200, Price And Payment Procedures: Schedule of Values submittalSection 01400, Quality Controls: Inspection and test reports 4. Section 01700, Contract Closeout: Closeout submittals. 1.2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT A. General: 1. Project designation for this Project is: Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 2. This Project designation will be included on documents generated for Project by Contractor and Subcontractors, or be present on a cover letter accompanying such documents. B. Project Meetings And Conferences: 1. Preconstruction Conference: a. Attend preconstruction conference and organizational meeting scheduled by Architect at Project site or other convenient location. b. Be prepared to discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including such topics as: 1) Status of permits. 2) Construction schedule. 3) Critical Work sequencing. 4) Designation of responsible personnel. 5) Procedures for processing interpretations and Modifications. 6) Procedures for processing Payment Requests. 7) Distribution of Contract Documents. 8) Submittal of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, Quality Assurance / Control submittals. 9) Preparation of record documents and O & M manuals. 10) Use of the premises. 11) Office, work, and storage areas. 12) Equipment deliveries and priorities. 13) Security. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 01300 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Administrative Requirements 14) Project cleanup. 15) Working hours. 16) Current problems. 17) General schedule of inspections by Architect and its consultants. 18) General inspection of tests. c. Architect will record minutes of meetings and distribute copies to Owner and Contractor within three working days. 2. Progress Meetings: a. Attend progress meetings at Project site at regularly scheduled intervals determined by Architect, at least once a month. b. Progress meetings will be open to Owner, Architect, Subcontractors, and anyone invited by Owner, Architect, and Contractor. c. Be prepared to discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including following: 1) Progress since last meeting. 2) Whether Contractor is on schedule. 3) Activities required to complete Project within Contract Time. 4) Labor and materials provided under separate contracts. 5) Off -site fabrication problems. 6) Access. 7) Site use. 8) Temporary facilities and services. 9) Hours of work. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Project cleanup. 12) Quality and Work standards. 13) Status of pending modifications. 14) Documentation of information for Payment Requests. 15) Maintenance of Project records. d. Architect will prepare minutes of progress meetings and distribute copies of minutes to Owner and Contractor within three working days. 3. Pre -installation Conferences: a. Attend pre -installation conferences specified in Contract Documents as scheduled by Architect. b. Be prepared to discuss following items: 1) Requirements of Contract Documents. 2) Completed work is necessary for installation of items or systems. 3) Conditions not in compliance with installation requirements. 4) Installation and inspection schedule. 5) Coordination between trades. 6) Space and access limitations. 7) Testing. c. Architect will prepare meeting minutes and distribute minutes to Owner and Contractor within three working days. C. Acceleration of Work: 1. Complete The Work in accordance with Construction Schedule. If Contractor falls behind schedule, take such actions as are necessary, at no additional expense to Owner, to bring progress of The Work back in accordance with schedule. 2. Owner may request proposal for completion of The Work at date earlier than expiration of Contract Time. Promptly provide requested proposal showing cost of such acceleration of The Work. Consult with Owner and Architect regarding possible options to decrease cost of such acceleration. If Owner determines to order acceleration of The Work, change in Contract Sum and Contract Time resulting from acceleration will be included in a Change Order. 1.3 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION A. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 01300 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Administrative Requirements 1. Submit horizontal bar chart schedule before Preconstruction Conference. Provide separate time bar for each construction activity listed on Owner=s payment request form. Within each time bar, show estimated completion percentage. Provide continuous vertical line to identify first working day of each week. Show each activity in chronological sequence. Show graphically sequences necessary for completion of related portions of The Work. As The Work progresses, place contrasting mark in each bar to indicate actual completion. 2. Provide copies of schedule for Architect and Owner and post copy in field office. 3. Revise schedule monthly. Send copy of revised schedule to Owner and Architect and post copy in field office. B. Daily Construction Reports: 1. Prepare daily reports of operations at Project including at least following information - a. List of Subcontractors at site. b. Approximate count of personnel at site by trade. c. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions. d. Major items of equipment on site. e. Materials, equipment, or Owner -furnished items arriving at or leaving site. f. Accidents and unusual events. g. Site or structure damage by water, frost, wind, or other causes. h. Meetings, conferences, and significant decisions. i. Visitors to the job including meeting attendees. j. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses. k. Any tests made and their result if known. I. Meter readings and similar recordings. m. Emergency procedures. n. Orders and requests of governing authorities. o. Modifications received, carried out. p. Services connected, disconnected. q. Equipment or system tests and start-ups. r. Brief summary of work accomplished that day. s. Signature of person preparing report. 2. Submit daily reports to Architect at least weekly. 3. Maintain copies of daily reports at field office. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: 1. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. Transmit each submittal sufficiently before performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. a. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. b. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals required for related elements of The Work so processing will not be delayed by need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. Architect reserves right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. c. Allow sufficient review time so installation will not be delayed by time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. 1) Allow 21 days for initial review. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to allow coordination with subsequent submittals. Architect will promptly advise Contractor when submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2) If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process same as initial submittal. 3) Allow 10 days for reprocessing each submittal. 4) No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to Architect in sufficient time before work is to be performed to allow processing. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 01300 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Administrative Requirements 2. Place permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Include name of entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. a. Provide space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block on Shop Drawings to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken. b. Include following information on label for processing and recording action taken: 1) Project name. 2) Date. 3) Name and address of Architect. 4) Name and address of Contractor. 5) Name and address of Subcontractor. 6) Name and address of supplier. 7) Name of manufacturer. 8) Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. 9) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 3. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal from Contractor to Architect using transmittal letter. On transmittal, record relevant information and requests for data. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract Document requirements, or, on form or separate sheet, record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor variations and limitations. 4. Submittals received from sources other than Contractor or not marked with Contractor's approval will be returned without action. B. Submittal Schedule: 1. Furnish submittal schedule within 20 days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, listing items specified to be furnished for review to Architect including product data, shop drawings, samples, and quality assurance / control submittals. a. Coordinate submittal schedule with Contractor's construction schedule. b. Enclose the following information for each item - 1) Scheduled date for first submittal. 2) Related Section number. 3) Submittal category. 4) Name of Subcontractor. 5) Description of part of the Work covered. 6) Scheduled date for resubmittal. 7) Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. 2. Print and distribute copies to Architect and Owner and post copy in field office. When revisions are made, distribute to same parties and post in same location. 3. Revise schedule monthly. Send copy of revised schedule to Owner and Architect and post copy in field office. C. Product Data: 1. Submit Product Data, as required by individual Sections of the Specifications. 2. Mark each copy of each set of submittals to show choices and options used on Project. Where printed Product Data includes information on products which are not required for Project, mark copies to indicate information relating to Project. 3. Certify that proposed product complies with requirements of Contract Documents. List any deviations from those requirements on form or separate sheet. 4. Submit five copies of each required submittal unless otherwise required. Architect will return three copies marked with action taken and with corrections or modifications required. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit newly prepared graphic data to accurate scale. Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size Drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 36 by 48 inches. Highlight, encircle, or otherwise show deviations from Contract Documents. Include following information as a minimum - a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products and materials included. c. Compliance with specified standards. Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 01300 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Administrative Requirements d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard information as basis of Shop Drawings. Standard printed information prepared without specific reference to Project is not acceptable as Shop Drawings. Review and designate (stamp) approval of shop drawings. Unless otherwise specified, submit to Architect six copies of shop drawings required by Contract Documents. Shop drawings not required by Contract Documents, but requested by Contractor or supplied by Subcontractor, need not be submitted to Architect for review. E. Samples: 1. Submit full-size, fully fabricated Samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical with material or product proposed. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture, and pattern. a. Mount, display, or package Samples so as to ease review of qualities specified. Prepare Samples to match samples provided by Architect, if applicable. Include following: 1) Generic description of Sample. 2) Sample source. 3) Product name or name of manufacturer. 4) Compliance with recognized standards. 5) Availability and delivery time. b. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1) Where variations in color, pattern, texture or other characteristics are inherent in material or product represented, submit set of three samples minimum which show approximate limits of variations. 2) Refer to other specification Sections for requirements for Samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation and similar construction characteristics. 3) Refer to other Sections for Samples to be returned to Contractor for incorporation into The Work. Such Samples shall be undamaged at time of use. On transmittal, indicate special requests regarding disposition of Sample submittals. c. Where Samples are for selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from a range of standard choices, submit full set of choices for material or product. Preliminary submittals will be reviewed and returned with Architect's mark indicating selection and other action. d. Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit three sets. One will be returned marked with action taken. e. Samples, as accepted and returned by Architect, will be used for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. 1) Unless noncompliance with Contract Documents is observed, submittal may serve as final submittal. 2) Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of construction associated with each set. F. Quality Assurance / Control: Quality Assurance / Control submittals are design data, test reports, certificates, manufacturer's instructions, manufacturer's field reports, and other documentary data affirming quality of products and installations. Submit five copies to Architect immediately upon receipt. 1.5 SPECIAL PROCEDURES A. Acceleration of Work: Bid Package #1 - 5 Section 01300 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Administrative Requirements 1. Complete The Work in accordance with Construction Schedule. If Contractor falls behind schedule, take such actions as are necessary, at no additional expense to Owner, to bring progress of The Work back in accordance with schedule. 2. Owner may request proposal for completion of The Work at date earlier than expiration of Contract Time. Promptly provide requested proposal showing cost of such acceleration of The Work. Consult with Owner and Architect regarding possible options to decrease cost of such acceleration. If Owner determines to order acceleration of The Work, change in Contract Sum and Contract Time resulting from acceleration will be included in a Change Order. B. Environmental Procedures: 1. Asbestos: a. For demolition activities where allowable Asbestos Containing Material (ACM) is to be left in place, or where Contractor is allowed to remove Category I Non -friable ACM, following requirements apply: 1) Prepare and submit notifications and permit applications required by law or by Owner. 2) Comply with regulations found in 40 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 61 - National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants, Subpart M - National Emission Standard for Asbestos, paragraph 61.145 - Standard for demolition and renovation. 3) Comply with local and State regulations regarding asbestos removal and demolition of structures. 4) Comply with regulations found in 29 CFR 1926.1101 - OSHA Asbestos Standard for Construction. a) Conduct required exposure assessments and monitoring. b) Ensure that a 'Competent Person' supervises abatement work. c) Provide required employer information, training, and personal protective equipment. d) Demolition activities involving non -friable ACM is considered 'Unclassified Asbestos Work.' However, be responsible for using wet methods and controlling emissions that may contain ACM fibers, if necessary. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION June 2005 Section 01300 Administrative Requirements SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for relating to quality. 1.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Asbestos 1. Contract Documents for this Project have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted professional architectural and engineering practices. Accordingly, no asbestos or products containing asbestos have been knowingly specified for this Project. Notify Architect immediately for instructions if: a. Materials containing asbestos are brought to site for inclusion in the Work. b. Asbestos containing materials are encountered in existing structures upon which work is being done. 2. At Architect's direction and with Owner's approval, a certified asbestos inspector will collect samples and an independent testing laboratory will perform testing procedures on suspect materials. 3. Certify that based upon best knowledge, information, inspection, and belief no building materials containing asbestos were used in construction of Project. Submit certification on form provided by Owner. 1.3 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: 1. Industry Standards: a. Except where Contract Documents specify otherwise, construction industry standards will apply and are made a part of Contract Documents by reference. b. Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and standards apparently establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, refer to Architect for decision before proceeding. Quantity or quality level shown or specified will be minimum provided or performed. Actual installation may comply exactly with minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate for context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for decision before proceeding. c. Each entity engaged in construction on Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with Contract Documents. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required construction activity, Contractor will obtain copies directly from publication source. d. Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations, as referenced in Contract Documents, are defined to mean associated names. Names and addresses are subject to change and are believed to be, but are not assured to be, accurate and up to date as of date of Contract Documents. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 01400 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Quality Requirements AABC Associated Air Balance Council, 1518 K St NW, Suite 503, Washington, D.C. 20005 (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association, 1827 Walden Office Square, Suite 104, Schaum- burg, IL 60173-4268 (847) 303-5859 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway & Transportation Officials, 444 North Capitol St, Suite 249, Washington, D.C. 20001 (202) 624-5800 www.aashto.org ACI American Concrete Institute International, P.O. Box 9094, Farmington Hills, MI 48333-9094 (248) 848-3700 www.aci-int.org AGA American Gas Association, 400 North Capitol St NW, Washington DC 20001 (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AIA American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Ave NW, Washington, D.C. 20006-5292 (202) 626-7300 www.aiaonline.com AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, One East Wacker Drive, Suite 3100, Chicago, IL 60601-2001 (312) 670-2400 www.aisc.org AISI American Iron & Steel Institute, 1101 17th St NW, Suite 1300 Washington, D.C. 20036-4700 (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org AITC American Institute of Timber Construction, 7012 South Revere Parkway, Suite 140, Englewood, CO 80112 (303) 792-0669 AMCA Air Movement & Control Association International Inc, 30 West University Dr, Arlington Heights, IL 60004-1893 (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANSI American National Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd St, 13th Floor, New York, NY 10036 (212) 642- 4900 www.ansi.org APAAPA The Engineered Wood Association, P O Box 11700 (98411-0700), 7011 South 19th St (98466), Ta- coma, WA (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org API American Petroleum Institute, 1220 'L' St NW, Suite 900, Washington, DC 20005 (202) 682-8000 www.api.org ARI Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute, 4301 North Fairfax Drive, Suite 425, Arlington, VA 22203 (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, & Air -Conditioning Engineers, 1791 Tullie Circle NE, Atlanta, GA 30329-2305 (404) 636-8400 www.ashrae.org ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers International, Three Park Avenue, New York, NY 10016- 5990 (800) 843-2763 www.asme.org ASTM American Society for Testing & Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959 (610) 832-9585 www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute, 1952 Isaac Newton Square West, Reston, VA 20190 (703) 733-0600 www.awinet.org AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association, 3246 Fall Creek Hwy, Suite 1900, (P O Box 5690, 76049- 0690) Granbury, TX 76049-7979 (817) 326-6300 www.awpa.com Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 01400 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Quality Requirements AWS American Welding Society, 550 NW LeJeune Road, Miami, FL 33126 (800) 443-9353 www.amweld.org AWWA American Water Works Association, 6666 West Quincy Ave, Denver, CO 80235 (303) 794-7711 www.awwa.org BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association, 355 Lexington Ave, 17th Floor, New York, NY 10017- 6603 (212) 297-2100 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association, 11490 Commerce Park Drive, Reston, VA 22091 (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org CFI International Certified Floorcovering Installers Association, 10336 NW Prairie View Rd, Kansas City, MO 64153 (816) 231-4646 www.cfi-installers.org CRI Carpet & Rug Institute, 310 South Holiday Avenue, (P O Box 2048 30722-2048) Dalton, GA 30720 (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, 933 Plum Grove Rd, Schaumburg, IL 60173-4758 (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute, 5959 Shallowford Road, Suite 419, Chattanooga, TN 37421 (423) 892- 0137 DHI Door & Hardware Institute, 14170 Newbrook Drive, Chantilly, VA 22051-2223 (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association, 300 Corporate Center Drive, Suite 270, Morrow, GA 30260 (800) 294-3462 www.eifsfacts.com FM FM Global (Formerly Factory Mutual), P O Box 7500, Johnston, RI 02919 www.fmglobal.com GA Gypsum Association, 810 First Street NE, Suite 510, Washington, D.C. 20002 (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org ICBO International Conference of Building Officials, 5360 S. Workman Mill Rd, Whittier, CA 90601-2298 (800) 423-6587 www.icbo.org ISSA International Slurry Surfacing Association, 1200 19th Street NW, Suite 300, Washington, DC 20036 (202) 857-1160 www.slurry.org LPI Lightning Protection Institute, 3335 North Arlington Heights Road, Suite E, Arlington Heights, IL 60004- 7700 (800) 488-6864 www.lightning.org MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers' Association, 60 Revere Dr, Suite 500, Northbrook, IL 60062 (847) 480-9138 www.maplefloor.org MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry, 127 Park Street NE, Vienna, VA 22180-4602 (703) 281-6613 www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, 8 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 1000, Chi- cago, IL 60603 (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NEC National Electric Code (from NFPA) NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association, 1300 North 17th Street, Suite 1847, Rosslyn, VA 22209 (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 01400 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Quality Requirements NFPA National Fire Protection Association, One Batterymarch Park, P O Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101 (800) 344-3555 www.nfpa.org NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council, 1300 Spring Street, Suite 500, Silver Spring, MD 20910 (301) 589-6372 www.nfrc.org NSF NSF International, 789 North Dixboro Rd, P O Box 130140, Ann Arbor, MI 48113-0140 (734) 769-8010 www.nsf.org PCA Portland Cement Assoc, 5420 Old Orchard Road, Skokie, IL 60077-1083 (847) 966-6200 www.portcement.org PCI Precast / Prestressed Concrete Institute, 209 West Jackson Blvd, Chicago, IL 60606-6938 (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org PEI Porcelain Enamel Institute, 4004 Hillsboro Pike, Suite 224-B, P O Box 158541, Nashville, TN 37215 (615) 385-5357 www.porcelainenamel.com SDI Steel Deck Institute, P O Box 25, Fox River Grove, IL 60021 (847) 462-1930 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute, 30200 Detroit Road, Cleveland, OH 44145-1967 (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association, 401 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2400, Chicago, IL 60611-4267 (312) 644-6610 www.sigmaonline.org/sigma SJI Steel Joist Institute, 3127 10th Avenue, North Extension, Myrtle Beach, SC 29577-6760 (843) 626- 1995 www.steeljoist.org SMACNASheet Metal &Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, 4201 Lafayette Center Drive, Chantilly, VA 20151-1209 (703) 803-2980 www.smacna.org SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau, 4709 Scenic Highway, Pensacola, FL 32504-9094 (850) 434-2611 www.spib.org SSMA Steel Stud Manufacturer's Association, 8 South Michigan Avenue, Suite 1000, Chicago, IL 60603 (312) 332-0405 www.ssma.com TCA Tile Council of America, 100 Clemson Research Boulevard, Anderson, SC 29625 (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com TPI Truss Plate Institute, 583 D'Onofrio Drive, Suite 200, Madison, WI 53719 (608) 833-5900 UL Underwriters Laboratories, 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096 (847) 272-8800 www.ul.com WDMA Window and Door Manufacturer's Association, 1400 East Touhy Ave, Suite 470, Des Plaines, IL 60018 (847) 299-5200 www,nwwda.org WWPA Western Wood Products Association, Yeon Building 522 SW 5th Avenue, Suite 500, Portland, OR 97204-2122 (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org 1. Federal Government Agencies - Names and titles of federal government standard or specification producing agencies are often abbreviated. Following acronyms or abbreviations referenced in Contract Documents represent names of standard or specification producing agencies of federal government. Names and addresses are subject to change but are believed to be, but are not as- sured to be, accurate and up to date as of date of Contract Documents. Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 01400 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Quality Requirements CS Commercial Standard (U S Department of Commerce), Government Printing Office, Washington, D C 20402 (202) 512-0000 EPA Environmental Protection Agency, 401 'M' St SW, Washington, D C 20460 (202) 260-2090 FCC Federal Communications Commission, 1919'M' St NW, Washington, D C 20554 (202) 418-0126 FS Federal Specifications Unit (Available from GSA), 470 East L'Enfant Plaza SW, Suite 8100, Washing- ton, D C 20407 (202) 619-8925 MIL Military Standardization Documents (U S Department of Defense), Defense Printing Service, 700 Rob- bins Avenue, Building 4D, Philadelphia, PA 19111 (215) 697-2179 OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (U S Department of Labor), 200 Constitution Ave NW, Washington, D C 20210 (202) 219-8148 PS Product Standard of NBS (U S Department of Commerce), Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 (202) 512-1800 B. Governing Regulations / Authorities: 1. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions having a bearing on the Work. 2. Obtain copies of regulations required to be retained at Project Site, available for reference by parties who have a reasonable need for such reference. 1.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality control services include inspections, tests and related actions including reports, performed by Contractor. They do not include inspections, tests or related actions performed by Architect, Owner, governing authorities or independent agencies hired by Owner or Architect. B. Inspection and testing by Owner, Architect, Contractor, their consultants or government agencies to examine Work performed by Contractor does not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Documents. C. Testing and Inspections: 1. Provide inspections, tests, and similar quality control services specified in individual specification Sections or required by governing authorities. 2. Where results of inspections, tests, or similar services show that the Work does not comply with Contract Document requirements, correct the deficiencies in the Work. 3. Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests, and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently before operations to allow assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to - a. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. b. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or helping agency in taking samples. c. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. d. Providing agency with preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by testing agency. e. Securing and protecting samples and test equipment at Project site. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 01400 Quality Requirements D. Testing Agencies: 1. Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, only with written approval of Architect. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on Project will be licensed and authorized to operate in the jurisdiction in which Project is located. 2. Duties of Testing Agency: a. Independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and construction specified in individual specification Sections will cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties and will provide qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. b. Agency will notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. c. Agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements of Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. d. Agency will not perform any duties of Contractor. 3. Submittals: a. Independent testing agency will submit certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar service, to Architect, in duplicate, unless Contractor is responsible for service. If Contractor is responsible for service, submit certified written report of each inspection, test, or similar service through Contractor, in duplicate. 1) Submit additional copies of each written report directly to governing authority, when authority so directs. 2) Written reports of each inspection, test, or similar service will include, but not be limited to: a) Date of issue. b) Project title and number. c) Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. d) Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. e) Names of individuals making the inspection or test. f) Designation of the Work and test method. g) Identification of product and specification Section. h) Complete inspection or test data. i) Test results and interpretations of test results. j) Ambient conditions at time of sample -taking and testing. k) Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. 1) Name and signature of laboratory inspector. m) Recommendations on retesting. E. Contractor and each agency engaged to do inspections, tests, and similar services will coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required services with minimum of delay. In addition, Contractor and each agency will coordinate activities to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples, and similar activities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample -taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Documents in making such repairs. Bid Package #1 - 6 Section 01400 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Quality Requirements B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Repair and protection is Contractor's responsibility, regardless of who caused the inspection, testing, or similar services. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 7 June 2005 Section 01400 Quality Requirements Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE June 2005 Section 01400 Quality Requirements SECTION 01500 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Furnish and install temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities, and security and protection facilities as described in Contract Documents. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Prepare schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination of each temporary utility. At earliest feasible time and when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. B. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate in safe and efficient manner. Take necessary fire prevention measures. Do not overload facilities, or allow them to interfere with progress. Do not allow hazardous, dangerous or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or persist on Project site. C. Limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses to reduce waste and abuse. D. Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour day basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. 2. Prevent water filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations. E. Remove each temporary facility when need has ended, or when replaced by authorized use of permanent facility, or by Substantial Completion. Complete permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that make up temporary facilities are property of Contractor. 2. By Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period, including but not limited to - a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings. b. Replace significantly worn parts and parts subjected to unusual operating conditions. c. Replace lamps that are burned out or noticeably dimmed by substantial hours of use. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Section 01500 June 2005 Temporary Facilities And Controls PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Use qualified personnel for installation and maintenance of temporary facilities. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with the Work of Owner or other Contractors on Project Site. Relocate and modify facilities as required. B. Pay cost and use charges for temporary facilities and utilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. General: 1. Where necessary, engage appropriate local utility companies to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of service, provide remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company's recommendations. a. Arrange with utility company and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, where necessary, to make connections for temporary services. b. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility availability, provide trucked -in services. c. Obtain construction easements necessary to bring temporary and/or permanent utilities to site. B. Temporary Electric Power: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. C. Temporary Fire Protection: 1. Install and maintain temporary fire protection facilities of types needed to protect against predictable and controllable fire losses. At a minimum, provide and maintain in working order two Standard UL Labeled ABC all purpose 10 lb fire extinguishers. Do not incorporate these extinguishers into final Project. 2. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose, but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell. 3. Store combustible materials in containers in fire -safe locations. 4. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for fighting fires. 5. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition. 6. At earliest feasible date in each area of Project, complete installation of permanent fire protection facility, including connected services, and place into operation and use. Instruct key personnel on use of facilities. D. Heating, Cooling, And Ventilating: 1. Install and operate temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating units including fuel, temporary piping, fittings, wiring, and connections necessary to provide environmental conditions specified for various portions of the Work. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient conditions required and reduce consumption of energy. 2. Repair damage to building and contents caused by cold, heat, dampness, and/or heating, cooling, and ventilating equipment. Select equipment that will not have harmful effect on completed installations or on elements being installed. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 01500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Temporary Facilities And Controls 3. Maintain safe conditions for use of temporary heating, cooling, and ventilating systems including, but not limited to, following requirements: a. Operate equipment according to equipment manufacturer's instructions. b. Provide fresh air ventilation required by equipment manufacturer. c. Keep temperature of fuel containers stabilized. d. Secure fuel containers from overturning. e. Operate equipment away from combustible materials. 4. Permanent mechanical system may be operated subject to the following conditions: a. Do not operate system when work causing air -borne dust is occurring or when dust caused by such work is present without installation of temporary filtering system approved by Architect. b. Operate system at no cost to Owner, including cost of fuel. c. Assume all responsibility and risk for operation of system. d. Return permanent mechanical equipment to 'like -new' condition for Substantial Completion Inspection. E. Temporary Lighting: Install and operate temporary lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. F. Temporary Telephones: 1. Provide temporary telephone service for all personnel engaged in construction activities, throughout construction period. 2. Local calls will be paid for by Contractor. Party making call will pay for long-distance and toll calls. 3. At each telephone, post list of important telephone numbers. G. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping of sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. 3.3 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES A. General: Maintain construction facilities until Substantial Completion. Remove upon Substantial Completion. B. Field Offices: 1. Provide and maintain insulated, weather tight temporary office of sufficient size to accommodate Contractor's personnel at Project site and for use by Owner, Architect and Subcontractors. 2. Keep office clean and orderly. 3. Heat and cool office as needed. 4. Furnish office with locking door, light(s), table(s), bench(es), rack(s) for drawings, telephone, and FAX machine. 5. Make office available for progress meetings. 6. If Owner agrees to permit removal of temporary office before Substantial Completion, Contractor may use a room as an office after temporary office is removed. Equip room as specified above and restore to 'like -new' condition before Substantial Completion. C. Sanitary Facilities: 1. Provide temporary sanitary toilet. 2. Service and maintain temporary toilet in a clean, sanitary condition. 3.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS A. Scaffolding, Platforms, Stairs, Etc: Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 01500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Temporary Facilities And Controls 1. Furnish and maintain equipment such as temporary stairs, ladders, ramps, platforms, scaffolds, hoists, runways, derricks, chutes and elevators as required for proper execution of The Work. 2. Apparatus, equipment, and construction will meet requirements of applicable laws and safety regulations. 3.5 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES A. Barricades, Warning Signs, And Lights: 1. Comply with standards and code requirements in erecting barricades, warning signs, and lights. 2. Take necessary precautions to protect persons, including members of the public, from injury or harm. B. Enclosure Fence: Before construction begins, install 6 foot high enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where shown on Drawings. If not shown on Drawings, enclose entire site or portion sufficient to accommodate construction operations. C. Covered Walkway: Erect structurally adequate protective covered walkway for passage of persons along adjacent public street if shown on drawings or required by applicable laws. Coordinate with entrance gates, other facilities and obstructions. D. Security Measures: 1. Install temporary enclosures of partially completed areas of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and other violations of security. 2. Secure materials and equipment stored on site. 3. Maintain exterior building security until Substantial Completion 4. Secure building at the end of each work day. E. Existing Tree And Plant Protection: 1. Before commencing site work, build and maintain protective fencing around existing trees and vegetation as shown on the drawings. 2. Individual trees will have protective fencing built beyond drip line. 3. Build protective fencing around groups of trees and other vegetation as indicated on Drawings. 4. Keep areas within protective fencing undisturbed and do not use for any purpose. 5. Remove and replace vegetation that dies or is damaged beyond repair due to construction activities. F. Environmental Protection: 1. Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations, and reduce possibility that air, waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted, or that other undesirable effects might result. Avoid use of tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise making tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near site. 2. Provide protection against weather (rain, winds, storms, frost, or heat) to maintain all work, materials, apparatus, and fixtures free from injury or damage. G. Protection Of Existing Improvements: Protect streets, private roads, and sidewalks, including overhead protection where required. Repair damage to existing improvements caused by construction activities. H. Protection Of Adjacent Property: Provide necessary protection for adjacent property and lateral support thereof. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 4 Section 01500 June 2005 Temporary Facilities And Controls 3.6 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Dewatering Facilities And Drains: Protect excavation, trenches, and building from damage from rain water, spring water, ground water, backing up of drains or sewers, and all other water. For temporary drainage and dewatering facilities and operations not directly associated with construction activities included under individual Sections, comply with requirements of applicable local regulations. Where feasible, use permanent facilities. If sewers are not available or cannot be used, provide drainage ditches, dry wells, stabilization ponds, and similar facilities. Filter out excessive amounts of soil, construction debris, chemicals, oils and similar contaminants that might clog sewers or pollute waterways before discharge. B. Weed Control: Comply with governing ordinances relating to weed control and removal. 3.7 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. Project Identification And Temporary Signs: 1. Contractor may, at his option, erect a temporary project identification sign. Sign may be free- standing or attached to temporary field office or storage shed. No other signs or advertisements are allowed on building site. 2. Owner reserves the right to remove and/or take possession of any Project identification sign. 3. Provide a temporary Project Identification sign. Sign may be free-standing or attached to temporary field office or storage shed. No other signs or advertisements are allowed on building site. 4. Sign will be no larger than 4 feet by 8 feet and include following information: a. Project Name as shown in Contract Documents. b. Contractor's name. c. Architectural firm name. 5. Owner reserves the right to remove and/or take possession of any Project identification sign. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION Section 01500 June 2005 Temporary Facilities And Controls Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 0 June 2005 Section 01500 Temporary Facilities And Controls SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements governing Contractor's selection of products for use in Project- B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01300, Submittals - Contractor's Construction Schedule and Schedule of Submittals 2. Section 01400, Quality Requirements - Definitions and Standards for applicability of industry standards to products specified. C. Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on surfaces of products that will be exposed to view in occupied spaces or on building exterior. 1. Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surface or, where required for observation after installation, on accessible surface that is not conspicuous. 2. Provide permanent nameplates on items of service -connected or power -operated equipment. Locate on easily accessible surface that is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. Nameplate will contain following information and other essential operating data - a. Name of product and manufacturer b. Model and serial number c. Capacity d. Speed e. Ratings 1.2 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle products according to manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. 1. Schedule delivery to reduce long-term storage at site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to site in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing: 4. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with Contract Documents, and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected. 5. Store products at site in manner that will simplify inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store heavy materials away from Project structure so supporting construction will not be endangered. 7. Store products subject to damage by elements above ground, under cover in weather tight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 01600 Product Requirements PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. When option of selecting between two or more products is given, product selected will be compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options. B. Provide products that comply with Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and, unless otherwise indicated, new and unused at time of installation. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices and details needed for complete installation and for intended use and effect. C. Product selection is governed by Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by previous Project experience. Procedures governing product selection include: 1. Substitutions And Equal Products: a. Generally speaking, substitutions for specified products and systems, as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code, are not acceptable. However, equal products may be approved upon compliance with Contract Document requirements. b. Where heading 'Approved Manufacturers' is used to identify list of specified products and manufacturers, and statement 'Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01600' is not included, provide only specified products available from manufacturers listed. No substitutions, private labeled, or equal products, or mixing of manufacturers' products is allowed. In Sections where list recapitulating Manufacturers previously mentioned in Section is included under heading 'Manufacturers' or 'Approved Manufacturers', this is intended as a convenience to Contractor as a list of contact information only. It is not intended that all manufacturers in list may provide products where specific products and manufacturers are listed elsewhere in Section. c. Where heading 'Acceptable Manufacturers' is used to identify list of specified products or manufacturers and statement'Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01600' is included, use specified products and manufacturers unless approval to use other products and manufacturers has been obtained by Addendum after following requirements in Instructions To Bidders relative to approval of equal or private labeled products. d. Where heading 'Acceptable Manufacturers' is used to identify list of specified products or manufacturers and statement'Equal as approved by Architect before installation. See Section 01600' is included, use specified products and manufacturers unless approval to use other products and manufacturers has been obtained from Architect in writing before installing unlisted or private labeled products. e. Where heading 'Quality Standard' is used to identify specified product or manufacturer, use specified product and manufacturer unless approval to use other products and manufacturers has been obtained from Architect in writing before installing products. If other manufacturers are specified, product to be submitted for Architect's approval and for use will be product of one of specified manufacturers. f. Non -conforming work as covered in Article 12.3 of General Conditions applies, but is not limited, to use of non -specified products or manufacturers. 2. Where specifications describe a product or assembly by specifying exact characteristics required, with or without use of brand or trade name, provide product or assembly that provides specified characteristics and otherwise complies with Contract requirements. 3. Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with these requirements and are recommended by manufacturer for application described. General overall performance of product is implied where product is specified for specific application. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in published product literature, or by manufacturer's certification of performance. 4. Where specifications only require compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select product that complies with standards, codes or regulations specified. 5. Where Specifications require matching an established Sample, Architect's decision will be final on whether proposed product matches satisfactorily. Where no product available within specified category matches satisfactorily nor complies with other specified requirements, refer to Architect. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 01600 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Product Requirements 2.2 6. Where specified product requirements include phrase ' ... as selected from manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures ... ' or similar phrase, select product and manufacturer that comply with other specified requirements. Architect will select color, pattern, and texture from product line selected. 7. Refer to individual Specification Sections and Allowance provisions in Division 01 for allowances that control product selection, and for procedures required for processing such selections. 8. Remove and replace products and materials not specified in Contract Documents but installed in the Work with specified products and materials at no additional cost to Owner and for no increase in Contract time. OWNER -FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Install items furnished by Owner in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. B. For items furnished by Owner: 1. Review furnishings document report listing Owner -furnished products to be delivered for Project. a. Review delivery dates and vendor lead times for each item and coordinate with construction schedule. Immediately report recommended changes to Owner's furnishings Coordinator. Contact vendors directly if changes to delivery dates become necessary during construction. b. Report problems in coordinating delivery dates with construction schedule to Architect and Owner's furnishings coordinator. 2. Receive and unload Owner -furnished materials and products a. Provide labor and equipment necessary to receive, unload, and store materials and products. b. Verify that number of packages received matches number listed on bill of lading. c. Check for external damage. d. Note discrepancies between pieces received and pieces listed on bill of lading as well as instances of visible damage on bill of lading before signing. Include Project Name and Project Number on bill of lading e. Store and protect deliveries. Report deliveries made outside of delivery schedule to Owner's furnishings coordinator. 3. Within 24 hours of delivery: a. Open and inspect each piece of freight delivered. Note concealed damage not observed at time of delivery. b. Compare 'Contractor Notification Report' with packing slips. Note discrepancies in number, size, color, model numbers, etc. c. Deliver bills of lading on which loss or damage is recorded, or copy, to Owner's Purchasing Coordinator together with report of concealed damage and discrepancies. d. Notify Owner's Purchasing Coordinator immediately of damage and discrepancies. 4. As directed by Owner, either repair or replace shortages and damage not recorded and reported as specified above at no additional cost to Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION: Not Used END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 3 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 01600 Product Requirements Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE Section 01600 June 2005 Product Requirements SECTION 01700 EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To: 1. Administrative and procedural requirements for installation, demolition, and cleaning. 2. Administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout, including: a. Project record document submittal. b. Operations And Maintenance Manual submittal. c. Submittal of warranties. B. Related Sections: 1. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in appropriate Sections in Divisions 02 through 16. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Bracing, Shoring, And Sheathing: Design, furnish, and install all shoring, bracing, and sheathing as required for safety and for proper execution of the Work and have same removed if required when the Work is completed. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION PROVISIONS A. Acceptable Suppliers / Installers: 1. Owner has established relationships that extend beyond the requirements of this Project. No other suppliers / installers will be acceptable. Follow specified procedures to preserve relationships between Owner and specified suppliers / installers and advantages that accrue to Owner from those relationships. 2. Where heading 'Acceptable Installers' is used to identify list of specified installers, use only one of listed installers. No others will be acceptable. B. Inspection of Conditions: Require installer of each major component to inspect both substrate and conditions under which work is to be done. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with Manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations to extent that those instructions and recommendations are more explicit or stringent than requirements contained in Contract Documents. Notify Architect of conflicts between Manufacturer's installation instructions and Contract Document requirements. D. Inspect materials or equipment before installation. Reject damaged and defective items Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 01700 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Execution Requirements E. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing Work. Secure work true to line and level. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located, and aligned with other Work. Allow for expansion and building movement. F. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain best visual effect. Refer questionable choices to Architect for final decision. G. Recheck measurements and dimensions before starting each installation. H. Install each component during weather conditions and Project status that will ensure best possible results. Isolate each part of completed construction from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. I. Coordinate temporary enclosures with required inspections and tests, to reduce necessity of uncovering completed construction for that purpose. J. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not shown, install individual components at standard mounting heights recognized within the industry or local codes for that application. Refer questionable mounting height decisions to Architect for final decision. 3.3 GENERAL DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS A. Before beginning work on Project, inspect areas in which work will be performed. 1. Photograph or video tape existing conditions, including surrounding property if necessary, which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from selective demolition. 2. File copies of photographs / video tapes with Architect before beginning demolition work. B. Scheduling: 1. Include on Construction Schedule specified in Section 01300 detailed sequence of individual demolition operations. 2. Coordinate with Owner for equipment and materials to be removed by Owner. C. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. Cease demolition operations and notify Architect immediately if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Do not resume demolition operations until safety is restored. D. Cover and protect furniture, equipment, and fixtures from soiling and damage when demolition work is performed in rooms and areas from which such items have not been removed. E. Remove all parts of building to be demolished including foundations and footings, unless shown otherwise. Use bracing and shoring where necessary to avoid collapse of structure. Erect dust chutes and use for removal of materials, rubbish, and debris as necessary. 3.4 CLEANING A. Progress Cleaning: 1. Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. 2. Keep premises broom clean during progress of the Work. 3. During performance of demolition, keep site and adjoining streets reasonably clean. If necessary, sprinkle rubbish and debris with water to suppress dust. 4. During handling and installation, protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from soiling, damage, or deterioration until Substantial Completion. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 01700 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Execution Requirements 5. Clean and maintain completed construction as frequently as necessary throughout construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure ability to operate without damaging effects. 6. Supervise construction activities to ensure that no part of construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during construction period. 7. Before and during application of painting materials, clear area where such work is in progress of debris, rubbish, and building materials that may cause dust. Sweep floors and vacuum as required and take all possible steps to keep area dust free. 8. Collection And Disposal of Waste: a. Remove waste materials and rubbish caused by employees, Subcontractors, and contractors under separate contract with Owner and dispose of legally. Remove unsuitable or damaged materials and debris from building and from property. 1) Provide adequate waste receptacles and dispose of materials when full. 2) Properly store volatile waste and remove daily. 3) Do not deposit waste into storm drains, sanitary sewers, streams, or waterways. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. b. Do not burn waste materials or build fires on site. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. 9. Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to avoid damage and deterioration. 10. Place extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become Owner's property as directed by Owner or Architect. B. Final Cleaning: 1. Immediately before Substantial Completion, thoroughly clean building and area where the Work was performed. Remove all rubbish from under and about building, landscaped areas and parking lot and leave building and Project Site ready for occupancy by Owner. 2. Comply with manufacturer's cleaning instructions. 3. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program, including but not limited to: a. Interior Cleaning: 1) Clean inside glazing, exercising care not to scratch glass. 2) Remove marks, stains, fingerprints and dirt. 3) Clean and polish woodwork and finish hardware. 4) Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 5) Clean plumbing fixtures and tilework. Remove spots, soil or paint. 6) Clean surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 7) Clean other fixtures and equipment and remove stains, paint, dirt, and dust. 8) Remove temporary floor protection and clean floors. b. Exterior Cleaning - 1 ) Clean outside glazing, exercising care not to scratch glass. 2) Remove marks, stains, and dirt from exterior surfaces. 3) Clean and polish finish hardware. 4) Remove temporary protection systems. 5) Clean dirt, mud, and other foreign material from paving, sidewalks, and gutters. 6) Clean drop inlets, through -curb drains, and other drainage structures. 7) Remove trash, debris, and foreign material from landscaped areas. 3.5 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Substantial Completion Inspection: 1. Notify Owner and Architect when Contractor will achieve Substantial Completion of The Work, 2. Arrange with Architect date for Substantial Completion inspection. 3. Before Substantial Completion inspection: a. Submit following to Architect: Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 01700 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Execution Requirements 1) Punch List listing portions of The Work not yet completed in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. 2) Warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, equipment check-out sheets, and similar documents. 3) Releases enabling Owner unrestricted use of The Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 4) Record drawings, operations and maintenance manuals, project photographs, damage or settlement survey, property survey, and similar record information required by Contract Documents. b. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items as required by the Contract Documents. c. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instruction of Owner's maintenance personnel as required by the Contract Documents. d. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. e. Complete final cleaning requirements. 4. Participate in Substantial Completion inspection. 5. When Owner and Architect have confirmed that Contractor has achieved Substantial Completion of The Work, Owner, Architect, and Contractor will execute Certificate of Substantial Completion that contains: a. Date of Substantial Completion. b. Punch List of Work not yet accepted. c. Amount to be withheld for completion of Punch List work. d. Time for completion of Punch List work. e. Amount of liquidated damages set forth in Supplementary Conditions to be assessed if Contractor fails to complete Punch List work within time set forth in Certificate. B. Final Acceptance Conference 1. Notify Architect in writing when work on Punch List has been completed. 2. Arrange with Architect date and time for Final Acceptance Conference. 3. When Owner and Architect have confirmed that Contractor has completed Punch List work, Architect will issue letter to Owner authorizing final payment. 3.6 3.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operations And Maintenance Manuals: 1. Submit to Owner Operations And Maintenance Manuals which include: a. Copy of Soils Report. b. Copy of complete Project Manual including Addenda, Modifications as defined in General Conditions, and other interpretations issued during construction. 1) Mark these documents to show variations in actual Work performed in comparison with text of specifications and Modifications. Show substitutions, selection of options, and similar information, particularly on elements that are concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 2) Note related record drawing information and Product Data. c. Product Data: One copy of each Product Data submittal required by Contract Documents. d. Operations and maintenance manuals required by Contract Documents. e. Certifications required by Contract Documents. f. Copies of warranties required by Contract Documents. B. Project Record Documents: 1. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect from deterioration and loss in secure, fire -resistive location. Provide access to record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 01700 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Execution Requirements 2. Maintain clean, undamaged set of Drawings. Mark set to show actual installation where installation varies from the Work as originally shown. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at later date. a. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. b. Mark new information that is important to Owner, but was not shown on Drawings. c. Note related Change Order numbers where applicable. C. Warranties: I. When written guarantees beyond one year after substantial completion are required by Contract Documents, secure such guarantees and warranties properly addressed and signed in favor of Owner. Include these documents in Operations & Maintenance Manuals specified above. 2. Delivery of guarantees and warranties will not relieve Contractor from obligations assumed under other provisions of Contract Documents. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 5 June 2005 Section 01700 Execution Requirements Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE June 2005 Section 01700 Execution Requirements DIVISION 02 SITE CONSTRUCTION 02050 BASIC SITE MATERIALS AND METHODS 02051 GENERAL SITE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS 02200 SITE PREPARATION 02222 MINOR SITE DEMOLITION 02230 SITE CLEARING 02300 EARTHWORK 02311 ROUGH GRADING 02315 EARTHWORK 02316 GRANULAR BASE 02362 TERMITE CONTROL 02370 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL 02500 UTILITY SERVICES 02513 FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER DISTRIBUTION 02518 WATER SUPPLY / Ductile Iron 02522 UNDERGROUND CHILLED WATER 02535 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEMS 02554 NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION 02600 DRAINAGE AND CONTAINMENT 02630 STORM DRAINAGE END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Division 02 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Division 02 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents SECTION 02051 GENERAL SITE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited to 1. General procedures and requirements for Site Work. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Site Verification Of Conditions 1. 48 hours minimum prior to performing any work on site, contact Blue Stakes to arrange for utility location services. 2. Perform minor, investigative excavations to verify location of various existing underground facilities at sufficient locations to assure that no conflict with the proposed work exists and sufficient clearance is available to avoid damage to existing facilities. 3. Perform investigative excavating 10 days minimum in advance of performing any excavation or underground work. 4. Upon discovery of conflicts or problems with existing facilities, notify Architect by phone or fax within 24 hours. Follow telephone or fax notification with letter and diagrams indicating conflict or problem and sufficient measurements and details to evaluate problem. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Protection 1. Spillage - a. Avoid spillage by covering and securing loads when hauling on or adjacent to public streets or highways. b. Remove spillage and sweep, wash, or otherwise clean project, streets, and highways. 2. Dust Control - a. Take precautions necessary to prevent dust nuisance, both on -site and adjacent to public and private properties. b. Correct or repair damage caused by dust. 3. Erosion Control - a. Take precautions necessary to prevent erosion and transportation of soil downstream, to adjacent properties, and into on -site or off -site drainage systems. b. Develop, install, and maintain an erosion control plan if required by law. c. Repair and correct damage caused by erosion. B. If specified precautions are not taken or corrections and repairs not made promptly, Owner may take such steps as may be deemed necessary and deduct costs of such from monies due to Contractor. Such action or lack of action on Owner's part does not relieve Contractor from responsibility for proper protection of The Work. Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Section 02051 June 2005 General Sire Construction Requirements 3.3 REPAIR / RESTORATION A. Adjust existing covers, boxes, and vaults to grade. B. Replace broken or damaged covers, boxes, and vaults. C. Independently confirm size, location, and number of covers, boxes, and vaults which require adjustment. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify Architect 48 hours before performing excavation or fill work. B. If work has been interrupted by weather, scheduling, or other reason, notify Architect 24 hours minimum prior to intended resumption of grading or compacting. C. Owner reserves right to require additional testing to re -affirm suitability of completed work including compacted soils which have been exposed to adverse weather conditions. Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 2 Section 02051 June 2005 General Sire Construction Requirements SECTION 0222 MINOR SITE DEMOLITION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Demolish and remove portions of existing site facilities as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. New and replacement work specified in appropriate specification Section. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Closeout - Identify abandoned utility and service lines and capping locations on record drawings. 1.3 SCHEDULING A. Include on Construction Schedule specified in Section 01300 detailed sequence of individual site demolition operations. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Field verify the locations and depths of underground utilities to be removed and to be preserved. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Notify corporations, companies, individuals, and local authorities owning conduits running to property. 1. Protect and maintain conduits, drains, sewers, pipes, and wires that are to remain on the property. 2. Arrange for removal of wires running to and on property. Remove pipes and sewers in accordance with instructions of above owners. B. Verify that utilities are ready for shut down. Verify and reroute utilities to be relocated prior to demolition of utilities slated for removal. 3.3 PERFORMANCE A. Execute work in an orderly and careful manner, with due consideration for neighbors and the public. B. Carefully remove, disassemble, or dismantle as required, and store in approved location on site, existing items to be reused in completed work. Coordinate with Owner for equipment and materials to be removed by Owner. C. Concrete And Paving Removal 1. Saw cut joints between material to be removed and material to remain to full depth. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02222 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Minor Site Demolition Hand excavate trench one foot wide and 16 inches deep along concrete or paving to be removed. Cut roots encountered with saw, axe, or pruners. Do not cut roots with excavating equipment. Remove roots under concrete and paving to be replaced down to 12 inches below finish grade. D. Remove underground utilities and backfill with native soil compacted to not less than 85% of maximum density if under landscape areas or with structural fill compacted to not less than 95% of maximum density if under paving or buildings. 3.4 CLEANING A. Keep street and road reasonably clean, and sweep daily. B. Sprinkle demolition rubbish and debris as necessary to lay dust. C. Promptly remove demolition materials, rubbish, and debris from property. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION June 2005 Section 02222 Minor Site Demolition SECTION 02230 SITE CLEARING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Prepare site for rough grading and structure excavation as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. Section 02312 - Finish grading of existing topsoil stored on site and addition of imported topsoil. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Existing topsoil is defined as total amount of soil stripped and stored for reuse, less vegetation layer stripped and disposed of as specified in Paragraph 3.1,C below. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PERFORMANCE A. Stripping 1. Strip existing vegetation layer 4 inches deep or as found from areas of site to receive buildings, landscaping, and paving and remove from site prior to stripping topsoil for storage and reuse. 2. After stripping vegetation layer, strip existing topsoil additional depth as found from areas of site to receive buildings and paving and store on site for later use. a. Existing topsoil is property of Contractor with restriction that topsoil is to be used first for Project landscape topsoil requirements and second for fill and backfill. b. After Project fill, backfill, and landscape topsoil requirements are satisfied, remove excess existing topsoil from site. Do not remove existing topsoil from site without Architect's written approval. 3.3 CLEANING A. Remove from site vegetative layer, and surface debris and dispose of legally. B. Do not bury cuttings, stumps, roots, and other vegetative matter or burnt waste material on site. END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02230 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Site Clearing BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 02230 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Site Clearing ECTION 02311 ROUGH GRADING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform rough grading work required to prepare site for construction as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre -Installation Conference 1. Schedule conference after completion of site clearing but before beginning grading work. 2. Identify benchmark to be used in establishing grades and review Contract Document requirements for grades, fill materials, and topsoil. 3. Examine site to pre -plan procedures for making cuts, placing fills, and other necessary work. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials used for fill shall be as specified for backfill in Section 02315. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before making cuts, remove topsoil over areas to be cut and filled that was not previously removed by stripping specified in Section 02230. Stockpile this additional topsoil with previously stripped topsoil. 3.2 PERFORMANCE A. Site Tolerances 1. Maximum variation from required grades shall be 1110 of one foot. 2. To allow for final finish grades of parking lot and planting areas, rough grade elevations before placing topsoil are - a. Sod Areas - 7 inches below top of walk or curb. b. Seeded Areas And Ground Cover Areas - 7 inches below top of walk or curb. c. Shrub Areas - 24 inches below top of walk or curb d. Tree Areas — 24 inches below top walk or curb 3. Rough grade before placing asphalt is 9 inches for standard paving and 14-inches for heavy duty asphalt paving. 4. Rough grade before placing concrete paving is 14-inches. B. When existing grade around existing plants to remain is higher than new finish grade, perform regrading by hand. Do not expose or damage shrub or tree roots. C. Compact fills as specified in Section 02315 Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02311 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Project Date Rough Grading D. If soft spots, water, or other unusual and unforeseen conditions affecting grading requirements are encountered, stop work and notify Architect. END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 02311 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Project Date Rough Grading SECTION 02315 PART 1 -GENERAL EARTHWORK 1.1 SUMMARY A. Sections includes earthwork. 1. Preparation of subgrade for building slabs, walks, docks, and pavements. 2. Vapor retarder, granular fill layer (drainage fill). 3. Backfilling of trenches within the contract limit lines, including but not limited to docks, planters, and walks adjacent to building. 4. Footings and foundation backfilll. B. Related Sections: Excavation for Mechanical/Electrical Work: Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 sections for excavation and backfill required in conjunction with underground mechanical and electrical utilities, and buried mechanical and electrical appurtenances; not work of this section. 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. Section 02230 - Site Clearing 3. Sections Under 02500 Heading - Utility Services 4. Section 02630 - Storm Drainage 5. Sections Under 02700 Heading - Compaction of sub -grade under walks and paving C. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, and the Uniform Standard Specifications and applicable details for Public Works Construction from authority having jurisdiction, apply to work of this section. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Codes and Standards: Perform excavation work in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Testing and Inspection Service: 1. The owner shall engage a testing laboratory to perform soil testing, inspection and observation services for quality control testing during earthwork operations sufficient to enable Geotechnical engineer to prepare a written report that, in his opinion, the engineered fill has been constructed in accordance with the project specifications. a. Coordinate scheduling of Geotechnical engineer with Owner's Representative to avoid delays in construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS: A. Test Reports: Submit following reports directly to Owner's Representative, Contractor and Architect from the testing agency, with copy to Contractor: 1. Test reports on borrow material. 2. Verification of each footing subgrade. 3. Field density test reports. 4. One optimum moisture -maximum density curve for each type of soil encountered. 5. Report of actual unconfined compressive strength and results of bearing tests of each strata tested for cohesive soils. Report results of shear angle test of remolded sample compacted to same density of on site material for non -cohesive soils. Bid Package #1 - 1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 02315 Earthwork 1.4 JOB CONDITIONS: A. Site Information: Data on indicated subsurface conditions are not intended as representations or warranties of accuracy or continuity between soil borings. It is expressly understood that Owner will not be responsible for interpretations or conclusions drawn therefrom by Contractor. Data are made available for convenience of Contractor. 1. Additional test borings and other exploratory operations may be made by Contractor at no cost to Owner. B. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of work. If utilities are to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. 1. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult utility owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with owner and utility companies in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. 2. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by Owner or others, during occupied hours, except when permitted in writing by Project Engineer and then only after acceptable temporary utility services have been provided. 3. Provide minimum of 48-hour notice to Owner's Representative, and receive written notice to proceed before interrupting any utility. 4. Demolish and completely remove from site existing underground utilities indicated to be removed. Coordinate with utility companies for shut-off of services if lines are active. C. Use of Explosives: 1. The use of explosives is not permitted except for areas of rock that can not be removed with standard excavation equipment. Prior to rock excavation, contractor shall obtain all permits as necessary from City, County, State, and Federal Agencies having jurisdiction. 2. Provide submittal of blasting plan prior to blasting. 3. Provide submittal of blasting safety plan prior to blasting. Protection of Persons and Property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. 1. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout and other hazards created by earthwork operations. 1.5 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM D 1557-00, 'Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort' 2. ASTM D 2216-98, 'Standard Test Method for Laboratory Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock' 3. ASTM D 2487-00, 'Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System)' 4. ASTM D 2922-96, 'Standard Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil -Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)' 5. ASTM D 3017-96, 'Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)' Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 02315 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Earthwork PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Definitions: 1. Subbase Material: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, crushed slag, natural or crushed sand to be placed under aggregate base course. 2. Drainage Fill: Washed, evenly graded mixture of crushed stone, or crushed or uncrushed gravel, with 100% passing a 1" sieve and not more than 5% passing a No. 4 sieve. 3. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials, native or imported materials, free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2" in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetable and other deleterious matter. a. Structural fill: Well graded non -expansive granular material having a maximum size of 2" and not more than 15%, passing a #200 sieve, and a minimum dry density of at least 100 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). b. Natural soils meeting the requirements for structural fill may be used as structural fill. C. Pipe zone materials shall not be larger than 2" in any dimension for reinforced concrete pipe and ductile iron pipe. For PVC or other soft pipes the maximum dimension for pipe zone backfill shall be:'/4". d. Drain rock: Gap graded non -expansive washed gravel having a maximum size of 1" with as little as practical quantity passing a #200 sieve, and a minimum dry density if at least 100 pounds per cubic foot (pcf). 4. Filter Fabric: Mirifi 140N or engineer approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION: A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of surface and subsurface conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions. B. Unauthorized excavation consists of removal of materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without specific direction of Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by Architect, shall be at Contractor's expense. 1. Under footings, foundation bases, or retaining walls, fill unauthorized excavation by extending indicated bottom elevation of footing or base to excavation bottom, without altering required too elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position, when acceptable to Architect. 2. Elsewhere, backfill and compact unauthorized excavations as specified for authorized excavations of same classification, unless otherwise directed by Architect. C. Additional Excavation: When excavation has reached required subgrade elevations, notify Owner's Representative who will make an inspection of conditions. 1. If unsuitable bearing materials are encountered at required subgrade elevations, carry excavations deeper and replace excavated material as directed. 2. Removal of unsuitable material and its replacement as directed will be paid on basis of contract conditions relative to changes in work. D. Stability of Excavations: Slope sides of excavations to comply with local codes and ordinances having jurisdiction. Shore and brace where sloping is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. 1. Maintain sides and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. E. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing, such as sheet piling, uprights, stringers and cross -braces, in good serviceable condition. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 02315 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Earthwork 1. Establish requirements for trench shoring and bracing to comply with local codes and authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation progresses. F. Dewatering: Prevent surface water and subsurface or groundwater from flowing into excavations and from flooding project site and surrounding area. 1. Do not allow water to accumulate in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. 2. Establish and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or run-off areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. G. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials where directed, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage. 1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations. Do not store within drip line of trees indicated to remain. 2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as herein specified. 3. Sand shall be dry and protected as required. H. Excavation for Structures: Conform to elevations and dimensions shown within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10', and extending a sufficient distance from footings and foundations to permit placing and removal of concrete formwork, installation of services, other construction, and for inspection. 1. Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before concrete reinforcement is placed. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. I. Excavation for Pavements: Cut surface under pavements to comply with cross -sections, elevations grades as shown. J. Excavation for Trenches: Dig trenches to the uniform width required for particular item to be installed. Provide 6" to 9" minimum clearance on both sides of pipe or conduit. 1. Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required. Carry depth of trenches for piping to establish indicated flow lines and invert elevations. Beyond building perimeter, keep bottoms of trenches sufficiently below finish grade to avoid freeze -ups. 2. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 6" below required elevation and backfill with a 6" layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installation of pipe. 3. For pipes or conduit 5" or less in nominal size and for flat- bottomed multiple -duct conduit units, do not excavate beyond indicated depths. Hand excavate bottom cut to accurate elevations and support pipe or conduit on undisturbed soil. 4. For pipes or conduit 6" or larger in nominal size, tanks and other mechanical/electrical work indicated to receive subbase, excavate to subbase depth or, if not otherwise indicated, to 6" below bottom of work to be supported. 5. Except as otherwise indicated, excavate for exterior water- bearing piping (water, steam, condensate, drainage) so top of piping is not less than 3'-6" below finished grade. 6. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated, notching under pipe bells to provide solid bearing for entire body of pipe. 7. Backfill trenches with concrete where trench excavations pass within 18" of column or wall footings and which are carried below bottom of such footings, or which pass under wall footings. Place concrete to level of bottom of adjacent footing. a. Refer to Section 03300 for concrete requirements. 8. Do not backfill trenches until tests and inspections have been made and backfilling authorized by Owner's Representative. Use care in backfilling to avoid damage or displacement of pipe systems. Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 02315 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Earthwork For piping or conduit less than 18" below surface of roadways, provide 4" thick concrete base slab support. After installation and testing of piping or conduit, provide minimum 4" thick encasement (sides and top) of concrete prior to backfilling or placement of roadway subbase. K. Cold Weather Protection: Protect excavation bottoms against freezing when atmospheric temperature is less than 35 degrees F. 3.2 COMPACTION: A. Control soil compaction during construction providing minimum percentage of density specified for each area classification indicated below. B. Percentage of Maximum Density Requirements: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density for soils which exhibit a well-defined moisture density relationship (cohesive soils) determined in accordance with ASTM D 1557; and not less than the following percentages of relative density, determined in accordance with ASTM D 2049, for soils which will not exhibit a well-defined moisture -density relationship (cohesionless soils). 1. Structures, Building Slabs and Steps, Pavements: Compact top 12" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95% maximum dry density for cohesive material or 95% relative dry density for cohesionless material. Scarify and moisture condition to within 3% of optimum moisture and recompact subgrade. 2. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 85% maximum dry density for cohesive materials and 85% relative dry density for cohesionless soils. 3. Walkways: Compact top 6" of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95% maximum dry density for cohesive material or 95% relative dry density for cohesionless material. C. Moisture Control: Uniformly apply water to soil material in manner to prevent free water appearing on surface during or subsequent to compaction operations. 1. Remove and replace, or scarify and air dry, soil material that is too wet to permit compaction to specified density. 2. Soil material that has been removed because it is too wet to permit compaction may be stockpiled or spread and allowed to dry. Assist drying by discing, ripping, harrowing or pulverizing until moisture content is reduced to a satisfactory value. 3.3 BACKFILL AND FILL: A. General: Place acceptable soil material in layers to required subgrade elevations, for each area classification listed below. 1. In excavations, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material. 2. Under grassed areas, use satisfactory excavated or borrow material to subgrade elevations. 3. Under walks and pavements, use subbase material or satisfactory excavated or borrow material, or combination of both. 4. Under steps, use subbase material. 5. Under building slabs, use drainage fill material or free draining gravel, (less than 10% passing No. 4 sieve and less than 2% passing No. 200 sieve). 6. Under piping and conduit, use subbase material where subbase is indicated under piping or conduit, shape to fit bottom of pipe. B. Backfill excavations as promptly as work permits, but not until completion of the following: 1. Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, damp proofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. 2. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording locations of underground utilities. Removal of concrete formwork. Bid Package #1 - 5 Section 02315 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Earthwork 3. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials. Cut off temporary sheet piling driven below bottom of structures and remove in manner to prevent settlement of the structure or utilities, or leave in place if required. 4. Removal of trash and debris. 5. Permanent or temporary horizontal bracing is in place on horizontally supported walls. 6. Ground Surface Preparation: Remove vegetation, debris, unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placement of fills. Plow, strip, or break-up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that fill material will bond with existing surface. 7. When existing ground surface has a density less than that specified under "Compaction" for particular area classification, break up ground surface, pulverize, moisture -condition to optimum moisture content, and compact to required depth and percentage of maximum density. C. Placement and Compaction: Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8" in loose depth for material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4" in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. 1. Before compaction, moisten or aerate each layer as necessary to provide optimum moisture content. Compact each layer to required percentage of maximum dry density or relative dry density for each area classification. Do not place backfill or fill material on surfaces that are muddy, frozen, or contain frost or ice. 2. Place backfill and fill materials evenly adjacent to structures, piping or conduit to required elevations. Take care to prevent wedging action of backfill against structures or displacement of piping or conduit by carrying material uniformly around structure, piping or conduit to approximately same elevation in each lift. D. Vapor retarder installation: Place vapor retarder sheeting in position with longest dimension parallel with direction of pour. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended mastic or pressure -sensitive tape. 3.4 GRADING: A. Uniformly grade areas within contract limits under this section, including adjacent transition areas. Smooth finished surface within specified tolerances, compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are indicated, or between such points and existing grades. B. Grading Outside Building Lines: Grade areas adjacent to building lines to drain away from structures and to prevent ponding. C. Finish surfaces free from irregular surface changes, and as follows: 1. Lawn or Unpaved Areas: Finish areas to receive topsoil to within not more than 1/2" above or below required subgrade elevations. 2. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1/2" above or below required subgrade elevation. 3. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1/2" above or below required subgrade elevation. 4. Grading Surface of Fill Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified, and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2" when tested with a 10' straightedge. 5. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and indicated percentage of maximum or relative density for each area classification. Bid Package #1 - 6 Section 02315 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Earthwork 3.5 PAVEMENT SUBBASE COURSE: A. Subbase course consists of placing subbase material, in layers of specified thickness, over subgrade surface to support a pavement base course. Subbase thickness shall not be less than 6-inches. B. Grade Control: During construction, maintain lines and grades including crown and cross -slope of subbase course. C. Shoulders: Place shoulders along edges of subbase course to prevent lateral movement. Construct shoulders of acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each subbase course layer. Compact and roll at least a 12" width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of subbase course. D. Placing: Place subbase course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness, conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting subbase material during placement operations. 1. When a compacted subbase course is to be 6" thick or less, place material in a single layer. When more than 6" thick, place material in equal layers, except no single layer more than 6" or less than 3" in thickness when compacted. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Quality Control Testing During Construction: All natural grades to be retained, all areas of cut and all areas of controlled fill or backfill shall be field tested by the testing laboratory for moisture content and density for compliance with specified values. Allow testing service to inspect subgrade and fill layers before further construction work is performed. 1. Perform optimum moisture -maximum density determinations for each different type of soil encountered in accordance with ASTM 1557. 2. Perform field density tests in accordance with ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method) or ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), ASTM D 2922 (nuclear method) or AASHTO T- 99, as applicable. B. Testing: The number of tests performed shall be at the discretion of the testing laboratory except the number of field tests performed shall not be less than the minimum described below: 1. Within the building area, perform one test for every 1,000 square feet of fill per lift. 2. Paved Areas: Minimum of one compaction test for every 10,000 square feet of fill (per lift), natural grade or cut. 3. Trenches: (Footings, etc.): Minimum of 1 compaction test for each lift each 100 linear feet. 4. Perform test to verify minimum bearing capacity requirements at each column or spot footing. 5. Continuous Foundation: Minimum of 1 compaction test per lift per each 100 linear feet 6. Curbs, Gutters and Ramps: Minimum of 1 test per lift per each 250 linear feet 7. Exterior Slabs: Minimum of 1 compaction test per each 2,000 square feet. 3.7 MAINTENANCE: A. Protect newly graded areas from traffic and erosion. Keep free of trash and debris. 1. Repair and re-establish grades in settled, eroded, and rutted areas too specified tolerances. Bid Package #1 - 7 Section 02315 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Earthwork B. Reconditioning Compacted Areas: Where completed compacted areas are disturbed by subsequent construction operations or adverse weather, scarify surface, re -shape, and compact to required density prior to further construction. C. Settling: Where settling is measurable or observable at excavated areas during general project warranty period, remove surface (pavement, lawn or other finish), add backfill material, compact, and replace surface treatment. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of surface or finish to match adjacent work, and eliminate evidence of restoration to greatest extent possible. 3.8 DISPOSAL OF EXCESS AND WASTE MATERIALS: A. Removal to Designated Areas on Owner's Property: Transport acceptable excess excavated material to designated soil storage areas on Owner's property. Stockpile soil or spread as directed by Architect. B. Removal from Owner's Property: Remove waste materials, including unacceptable excavated material, trash and debris, and dispose of it off Owner's property. END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 8 Section 02315 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Earthwork SECTION 02316 GRANULAR BASE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install granular base under interior slabs -on -grade as described in Contract Documents. B. Products Installed But Not Supplied Under This Section 1. Under -slab vapor retarder and seam tape. C. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. Section 07261 - Furnishing of vapor retarder and seam tape 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM E 1643-98, 'Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs' 1.3 SEQUENCING A. Install vapor retarder and granular base system after application of termite control and before placing concrete. If termite control is disturbed or receives precipitation before being covered with vapor retarder, re -apply termite control. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GRANULAR BASE A. Gravel - 114 inch minimum to one inch maximum well -graded, clean gravel or crushed rock. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install vapor retarder in accordance with ASTM E 1643 and following instructions. 1. Install vapor retarder over compacted subgrade and tops of interior stem walls so entire area under slab is covered. 2. Lap joints 3 inches minimum and seal with specified seam tape. 3. Seal vapor retarder around pipes, conduits, and other utility items which penetrate vapor retarder using factory -fabricated boot installed as recommended by Manufacturer. 4. Except for punctures required for reinforcing and anchor bolts at top of stem walls, seal tears and punctures before placing granular base. B. Place 4 inches minimum of granular base over vapor retarder, level, and compact with two passes of 2- 1/2 ton minimum roller. C. Do not allow water onto vapor retarder or granular base before placing concrete. Bid Package #1 - 1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 02316 Granular Base 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Notify Architect 2 days before installation of concrete to allow inspection of vapor retarder and granular base installation. END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 02316 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Granular Base SECTION 02362 TERMITE CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install complete soils treatment under and adjacent to building to provide uniform toxic barrier in all routes of termite entry. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02316 - Installation of laminated vapor retarder. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data - Submit Chemical Manufacturer's printed literature regarding chemical composition, concentration, and rates and method of application. B. Quality Control 1. Submit statement indicating total amount of chemical required for Project to provide required amount of mix solution at specified concentration and application rates. 2. Submit take -off showing amounts of square foot and lineal foot application at specified application rate. Also indicate total amount of mix solution required for Project. 3. Provide one sample of approximately one cup from each batch of mix solution. Label each sample with Project name, date of application, chemical composition, and mix concentration. Draw off each sample in Architect's presence. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications - Use of specified chemicals is restricted to certified applicators, or persons under their direct supervision, and only for those uses covered by certified applicator's certification. B. Regulatory Requirements 1. This specification covers more than one chemical and, therefore, is not specific in all aspects of handling and usage. 2. Requirements for application by certified applicators presumes that Manufacturer's requirements and those of federal, state, and local regulatory agencies shall be met. 3. Nothing in Contract Documents shall be construed as allowing circumvention of above requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Keep containers closed when not in use. Do not store near food or feed. Protect from freezing. In case of spill or leak on floor or paved surfaces, soak up with sand, earth, or synthetic absorbent. Remove residue to chemical waste area. B. Dispose of empty containers in accordance with Manufacturer's and regulatory agency's requirements. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Furnish written warranty which includes chemical concentration and application rates showing compliance with Contract Documents, Chemical Manufacturer's recommendations, and applicable governmental regulations. Warranty shall state concentrations and rates of application used. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02362 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Termite Control B. Warranty shall guarantee effectiveness of treatment against subterranean termite infestation for five years minimum from acceptance date of Project and be signed by applicator and Contractor as co - guarantors. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Approved Products 1. Type 1 - Termidor by BASF Professional Pest Control, Research Triangle Park, NC (877) 837- 6436 www.termidoronline.com 2. Type 2 - Talstar termiticide 1 insecticide by FMC Corp, Philadelphia, PA (800) 321-1362 www.fmc- apgspec.com 2.2 M IXES A. Mix chemicals and water at Manufacturer's full labeled rate per 100 gallons of finished emulsion. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Do not apply emulsion until location of air ducts, vents, water, and sewer lines are known and identified. Take extreme caution to avoid contamination of these structural elements and airways. B. Protection 1. Allow no disturbance of treated soil between application of solution and placing of concrete. 2. Protect neighboring property, water sources, and personnel on site from contamination. a. Use anti-backflow equipment or procedures. b. Do not treat soil beneath structures that contain wells or cisterns. c. Take extreme care to avoid runoff. Do not treat soil that is water -saturated or frozen. 3. Maintain, on job site, empirical name of chemical, Manufacturer's precautions, and phone numbers of proper authorities to notify in case of spillage or other accident. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Interface With Other Work 1. Coordinate work so laminated vapor retarder can be installed as soon as possible after application of termite protection and before any precipitation or soil disturbance. Reapply solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, other construction activities, or heavy rain following application. B. Apply chemicals as water emulsion at concentrations and rates specified. If impervious soils make reduction in volume of solution necessary, increase percentage of toxicant used in proportion to insure same amount of insecticide be used per linear or square foot. C. Preconstruction Treatment 1. Provide unbroken vertical and horizontal chemical barrier to termite entry. 2. For Slab -on -Grade Construction - a. Type 1 Termiticide - 1) 4 gals per 10 lin ft along outside of exterior foundation. 2) 2 gals per 10 lin ft in voids of unit masonry foundation walls or piers. b. Type 2 Termiticide - 1) One gal per 10 sq ft as overall treatment under slab and attached porches. 2) 4 gals per 10 lin ft along inside of exterior foundation walls, both sides of interior partition foundation walls, and around utility services and other features that will penetrate slab. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 02362 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Termite Control 3. For Basement Construction - a. Type 1 Termiticide - 1) 4 gals per 10 lin ft along outside of foundation walls where foundation is of poured concrete or where footings for masonry foundations are 30 inches or less below grade level and including that part which will be under platforms or porches. 8 gals per 10 lin ft where footings for masonry foundations are more than 30 inches below grade level. 2) 2 gals per 10 lin ft in voids of unit masonry foundation walls or piers. b. Type 2 Termiticide - 1 ) One gal per 10 sq ft as overall treatment under basement slab. 2) 4 gals per 10 lin ft to critical areas within basement areas such as along inside of foundation walls, along both sides of partition foundation walls, around piers, and around entrance of any utility service or other feature that will penetrate basement slab. 4. Expose or penetrate areas of termite activity within building and treat at rate of one gal per 10 sq ft. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection 1. Notify Architect two working days prior to application of chemicals. 2. Deliver chemicals to site in Manufacturer's original, unopened containers and mix to specified concentration in Architect's presence. B. Site Tests 1. Have applicable governmental agency test application for amount of chemical applied. Submit test results to Architect. 2. Samples provided under paragraph 1.2,C,3 above will be submitted to laboratory analysis by Architect if requested by Owner in accordance with General Conditions Paragraph 15.4. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Allow 12 hours for drying after application before resuming construction activities. Post signs in areas of application warning of poison application. Remove signs when areas with application are covered by other construction. END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 02362 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Termite Control Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE al June 2005 Section 02362 Termite Control SECTION 023 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Provide, maintain, and remove temporary erosion and sedimentation controls as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. Section 02222 - Minor Site Demolition for Remodeling 3. Section 02230 - Site Clearing 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Performance Requirements - Protect and maintain areas disturbed by the Work, so erosion is adequately controlled and silt and sediments are not allowed to flow into any watercourse, onto adjacent properties, or into storm drains. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Assurance / Control - Written plan of erosion control for contract area showing compliance with Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) 1.4 QUALITY CONTROL A. Qualifications - Supervisor of erosion control operations shall be thoroughly familiar with types of erosion control materials being installed and best methods for their installation. Supervisor shall be present when work of this Section is being performed and shall direct work performed under this Section. B. Reports — Provide weekly report of inspection and repairs as done and required for all erosion control measures. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Hay And Straw Mulch 1. General - a. Reasonably free from swampgrass, weeds, twigs, debris and other deleterious materials, and free from rot, mold, primary noxious weed seeds, and rough or woody materials. b. Mulches containing mature seed of species which would volunteer and be detrimental to permanent seeding, or would result in over -seeding, or would produce growth which is aesthetically unpleasing, is not permitted. 2. Hay Mulch - a. Properly aired native hay, Sudan grass hay, broomsedge hay, legume hay, or similar hay or grass mowings. b. Apply at 2 to 3 tons per acre unnetted or stabilized, or at 1.5 tons per acre when net or mulch stabilizer is used. When air-dried and in loose state, contents of representative bale shall lose not more than 15 percent of resulting air-dry weight of bale. 3. Straw Mulch - a. Threshed plant residue of oats, wheat, barley, rye, or rice from which grain has been removed. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02370 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Erosion And Sedimentation Control Apply at 2 to 3 tons per acre unnetted or stabilized, or at 1.5 tons per acre when net or mulch stabilizer is used. B. Matting 1. Jute Matting - a. Undyed and unbleached jute yarn woven into uniform open, plain weave mesh and furnished in rolled strips. Matting shall conform to following physical requirements - 1) 48 inches wide, plus or minus one inch 2) 78 warp ends per width of cloth 3) 41 weft ends per yard 4) 1.22 to 1.80 Ibs per lineal yard, plus or minus 5 percent 2. Excelsior Matting - a. Uniform web of interlocking wood excelsior fibers with a backing of mulchnet fabric on one side only and furnished in rolled strips. Mulchnet shall be woven of either twisted paper or cotton cord. Matting shall conform to following physical requirements - 1) 36 inches wide, plus or minus one inch 2) 0.80 Ibs per sq yd, plus or minus 5 percent 3. Soil Erosion Matting - a. 'Enkamat Type 7020' by American Enka Company b. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01600. 4. Erosion Control Mulching Blanket - a. 'Hold/Gro' by Gulf States Paper Corp b. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01600. C. Seed And Sod For Erosion Control 1. For Temporary Control - Annual or perennial ryegrass. 2. For Permanent Control - See Sections under 02900 heading. D. Hay Bales For Erosion Control 1. Rectangular shaped bales of hay or straw, weighing at least 40 pounds per bale, free from primary noxious weed seeds and rough or woody materials. E. Silt Fences 1. 'Geofab Silt Fence' by Mercantile Development Inc 2. 'Mirafi 100X by Celanese Fibers Marketing Co 3. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01600. F. Sand Bags 1. Commercially available sand bags of burlap or engineer approved equal material filled with locally available sand. G. Stabilized Construction Entrance 1. Rock, Steel, or Concrete Rumble Strip as indicated on SWPPP H. Concrete Washout Area 1. Designated Area with sandbags or other devices to keep concrete washout from flowing to storm drains or off site. Vehicle Maintenance Area 1. Designated Area with sandbags or other devises to keep fuel spills from flowing to storm drains or off site. 2. Rags, Drip Pans, Cleaning Supplies as needed to mop up all spills. Silt Snake 1. Commercially available silt strainer to be used after paving in place of hay bales. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. For Mulch Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 02370 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Erosion And Sedimentation Control 1. Mulch Stabilizers - a. 'Curasol' applied at 40 gallons per acre b. Dow 'Mulch Binder' applied at 45 gallons per acre c. Asphalt binder meeting requirements of AASHTO M140, Type SS-1 or RS-1 as applicable and applied at 400 gallons per acre. 2. Temporary Type Mulch Nets - Paper yarn, approximately 0.05 inches in diameter, woven into net with openings of approximately 7/8 inch by 1/2 inch and weight of approximately 0.20 Ibs per sq yd. 3. Permanent Type Mulch Nets - 'Vexar' or'Erosion-Net' plastic or nylon mesh netting with openings of approximately 3/8 to 3/4 inch. B. For Matting / Blankets 1. Staples - 11 ga minimum plain iron wire, made from 12 inch minimum lengths of wire bent to form 'U' of 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches in width with equal legs of 5 to 5-1/4 inches. Use longer staples for loose soils or where otherwise required. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Take every reasonable precaution to avoid erosion and to prevent silting of rivers, streams, lakes, reservoirs, impoundments, and drainage ditches and swales. 2. Keep exposure of uncompleted cut slopes, embankments, trench excavations, and site graded areas as short as possible. Initiate seeding and other erosion control measures on each segment as soon as reasonably possible. 3. Should it become necessary to suspend construction for any length of time, shape excavated and graded areas so runoff will be intercepted and diverted to points where minimal erosion will occur. Provide and maintain temporary erosion and sediment control measures, such as berms, dikes, slope drains, silt stops, and sedimentation basins, until permanent drainage facilities or erosion control features have been completed and are operative. 4. Handle and treat fine material placed or exposed during The Work so as to minimize possibility of it reaching surface waters. Use diversion channels, dikes, sediment traps, or other effective control measures. 5. Provide silt stops wherever erosion control measures may not be totally capable of controlling erosion, such as in drainage channels and where steep slopes may exist. 6. Before water is allowed to flow in any ditch, swale, or channel, install permanent erosion control measures in waterway so waterway will be safe against erosion. 7. Take precautions in using construction equipment to minimize erosion. Do not leave wheel tracks where erosion might begin. 8. Unless specifically required in Contract Documents, operation of mechanized equipment in watercourses is not permitted. Where work is required in watercourses, minimize movement of equipment in the water and remove false work, pilings, debris, and other temporary work as soon as construction will allow. 9. Wherever crossings of live streams are necessary, provide temporary culverts or bridges to allow equipment to cross them without fording. Disturbance of lands and waters outside limits of construction is prohibited, except as may be found necessary and approved in writing by Architect. 10. Mulching shall follow seeding operations by no more than 24 hours. 11. Continue erosion control measures until permanent measures have been sufficiently established and are capable of controlling erosion on their own. 12. Prior to any construction, install silt fence and stabilized construction entrance. 13. Prior to any vehicle maintenance, install vehicle maintenance area. 14. Prior to receiving any concrete, install concrete washout area. 15. Review locations of entrance, maintenance, and washout with all subcontractors. B. Hay And Straw Mulching 1. Install hay or straw mulch immediately after areas have been properly prepared. a. When permanent seed or seed for temporary erosion control is sown prior to placing mulch, place mulch on seeded areas within 24 hours after seeding. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 02370 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Erosion And Sedimentation Control b. Architect may authorize blowing of chopped mulch provided that 95 percent of mulch fibers will be 6 inches or more in length and that mulch can be applied in so there will be a minimum amount of matting that would retard plant growth. c. Hay mulch should cover ground enough to shade it, but should not be so thick that a person standing cannot see ground through mulch. d. Remove matted mulch or branches. 2. Where mild winds that may blow mulch are probable, when ground slopes exceed 15 percent, or when otherwise required to maintain mulch firmly in place, apply a system of pegs and strings, a chemical stabilizer, or temporary type netting to mulch. Unless otherwise directed, remove strings and netting prior to acceptance of the Work. 3. Where high winds or heavy rainstorms are likely, where ground surfaces are steeper than 15 percent, or where other conditions require, apply temporary type netting over mulch and take whatever other measures are necessary to maintain mulch firmly in place. 4. Unless otherwise specified, use of permanent type netting is not permitted without the prior written approval of Architect C. Matting 1. General - a. Use of mulch with matting is not permitted. However, 4 to 6 inch overlap of mulch over edge of matting is allowed. b. Prepare surfaces of ditches and slopes to conform to grades, contours, and cross sections shown on Drawings. Finish to smooth, even condition with debris, roots, stone, and lumps raked out and removed. Loosen soil surface sufficient to permit bedding of matting. Unless otherwise noted, place seed prior to placement of matting. c. Unroll matting parallel to direction of water flow and loosely drape, without folds or stretching, so continuous ground contact is maintained. d. In ditches and swales and on slopes, place each upslope and each downslope end of each piece of matting in 6 inch trench, stapled at 12 inches on center, backfilled, and tamped. Similarly, bury edges of matting along edges of catch basins and other structures. Architect may require that other edges exposed to more than normal flow of water be buried in similar fashion. e. Tightly secure matting to soil with staples driven approximately vertically into ground, flush with matting surface. Do not form depressions or bulges in matting surface with staples. f. Increase specified spacing of staples when factors such as season of year or amount of water encountered or anticipated requires additional anchoring. 2. Jute Matting - a. Where strips are laid parallel or meet, as in a tee, overlap 4 inches minimum. Overlap ends 6 inches minimum, shingle fashion. b. Space check slots built at right angles to direction of water flow so one check slot or one end occurs within each 50 feet of slope length. Construct check slots by placing tight fold of matting 6 inches minimum vertically into ground. Tamp these same as upslope ends. c. Press jute matting onto ground with light lawn roller or other satisfactory means. d. On slopes flatter than 4:1, place staples 36 inches apart maximum in three rows for each strip, with one row along each edge and one row alternately spaced down center. On grades 4:1 or steeper, place staples in the same three rows, but spaced 24 inches apart. On lapping edges, reduce spacing of staples by half. At ends of matting and at required check slots, space staples 12 inches apart. Staple matting placed adjacent to boulders or other obstructions with no spaces between staples. e. Spread additional seed over jute matting, particularly those locations disturbed by building of slots. 3. Excelsior Matting - a. Where strips of excelsior matting are laid end to end, butt adjoining ends. b. When adjoining rolls of excelsior matting are laid parallel to one another, butt matting snugly. c. On slopes flatter than 4:1, place staples 36 inches maximum apart in three rows for each strip, with one row along each edge and one row alternately spaced down center. On grades 4:1 or steeper, place staples in same three rows, but spaced 24 inches apart. Space staples in ends of matting 12 inches apart. Staple matting placed adjacent to boulders or other obstructions with no spaces between staples. 4. Erosion Control Mulching Blanket - Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 02370 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Erosion And Sedimentation Control a. Where one roll ends and second roll begins, bring end of upslope piece over end of downslope roll so there is 12 inch overlap. Place overlap in 4 inch deep trench, staple at 12 inches on center, and backfill and tamp. b. On slopes where two or more widths of blanket are applied, overlap edges 4 inches and staple at 12 inch intervals along exposed edge of lap joint. c. Staple body of blanket in grid pattern with staples 36 inches on center, each way. D. Seed For Erosion Control 1. Seeding for permanent erosion control shall be carried out in accordance with appropriate Section under 02900 heading. 2. Areas which will be regraded or otherwise disturbed later during construction may be seeded with rye grass to obtain temporary control. Sow seed at one lb per 1,000 sq ft, on pure live seed basis. E. Hay Bales And Silt Fences 1. Provide hay bales or silt fences, as required, for temporary control of erosion and to stop silt and sediment from reaching surface waters, adjacent properties, or entering catch basins, or damaging the Work. 2. Stake hay bales firmly in place. Use sufficient number of bales to accommodate runoff without causing flooding and to adequately store any silt, sediment, and debris reaching them. 3. Erect silt fences and bury bottom edge in accordance with Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions. Provide sufficient length of fence to accommodate runoff without causing flooding and to adequately store any silt, sediment, and debris reaching it. 4. After paving use silt snake or engineer approved method to strain storm water flowing to the storm drains until area that drains to said storm drain is not less than 70% stabilized. 3.2 REPAIR I RESTORATION A. If any staple becomes loosened or raised, if any matting becomes loose, torn, or undermined, or if any temporary erosion and sediment control measures are disturbed, repair them immediately. B. If seed is washed out before germination, repair damage, refertilize, and reseed. C. Maintain mulched and matted areas, silt stops, and other temporary control measures until permanent control measures are established and no further erosion is likely. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION Section 02370 June 2005 Erosion And Sedimentation Control Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 0 June 2005 Section 02370 Erosion And Sedimentation Control SECTION 02513 FIRE SUPPRESSION WATER DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform excavation and backfill required for installation of work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install fire water system as described in Contract Documents. 3. Furnish and install connection to water main. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. Section 02315 - Procedure and quality of excavating, backfilling, and compacting 3. Section 08712 - Padlock for post indicator valve. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute / American Water Works Association 1. ANSI A21.10 / AWWA C 110-93, 'Fittings, 3 inch through 48 inch, for Water and Other Liquids, Gray -Iron and Ductile -Iron' 2. ANSI A21.11 / AWWA C 111-90, 'Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile -Iron and Gray -Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings' 3. AWWA C 900 or AWWA C909 PVC Pipe B. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 126-95, 'Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings' 2. ASTM A 307-00, 'Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs 60 000 psi Tensile Strength' C. American Water Works Association 1. AWWA C 502-85, 'Specification for Dry Barrel Fire Hydrants' D. National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA 13-1991, 'Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems' 2. NFPA 24-1992, 'Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1. Install exterior fire water system according to NFPA 13, NFPA 24. 2. Install hydrant in accordance with AWWA C 502. 3. Install exterior fire water system up to and including pipe flange 12 inches above floor inside building. 4. Piping up to 5-feet from building to be PVC AWWA C900 or AWWA C909. Piping into building to be ductile iron B. Pre -Installation Conference - Participate in pre -installation conference specified in Section 03313. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Section 02513 June 2005 Fire Suppression Water Distribution PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Pipe - Ductile iron pipe in accordance with ANSI A21.51 / AWWA C 151 and ANSI A21.50 / AWWA C 150. PVC Pipe AWWA C-900 or AWWA C-909 with tracer wire and marking tape and Ductile Iron Fittings complying with AWWA C110, Cement Lined with rubber gaskets conforming to AWWA C111 B. Fittings - Ductile iron pipe fitting in accordance with ANSI A21.10 / AWWA C 110 and rubber gaskets joints in accordance with ANSI A21.11 / AWWA C 111. C. Hydrants 1. Dry -barrel fire hydrant (base valve type) complying with AWWA C 502, with 150 psi working pressure with two 2-1/2 inch hose connections and one 4-1/2 inch pumper connection with caps and chains. Nozzle cap nuts to match operating stem nuts. 2. Acceptable Products - a. Hydrants accepted by authority having jurisdiction are approved. D. Gate Valves 1. Cast iron body with bolted bonnet. 2. Indicator post pattern. 3. Non -rising stem. 4. 175 psi working pressure. 5. Approved Products - a. Nibco - 1) Model M-609 with mechanical connection. 2) Model F-609 with flanged connection. b. Mueller - 1) Model A-2052-5 with mechanical connection. 2) Model A-2052-6 with flanged connection. E. Fire Department Connection 1. Free-standing type with cast brass angle body. 2. Approved Manufacturers - a. Elkhart b. Potter -Roemer F. Anchorages 1. Provide anchorages for tees, plugs, caps, bends, and hydrants in accordance with NFPA 24. 2. Miscellaneous Fittings - a. Clamps, Straps, And Washers - Steel, meeting requirements of ASTM A 506. b. Rods - Steel, meeting requirements of ASTM A 575. c. Rod Couplings - Malleable iron, meeting requirements of ASTM A 197. d. Bolts - Steel, meeting requirements of ASTM A 307. e. Cast Iron Washers - Meeting requirements of ASTM A 126, Class A. f. Thrust Block - 2500 psi concrete. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Mueller Company, Decatur, IL (800) 423-1323 or (217) 423-4471 www.muellerflo.com B. Nibco Inc, Elkhart, IN (800) 234-0227 or (219) 295-3000 www.nibco.com C. Potter Electric Signal Company, St Louis, MO (800) 325-3936 or (314) 878-4321 www.pottersignal.com D. Potter -Roemer, Santa Ana, CA (800) 366-3473 or (714) 530-5300 www.potterroemer.com Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 2 Section 02513 June 2005 Fire Suppression Water Distribution PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before installation, inspect pipe for defects and cracks. Do not use defective, damaged, or unsound pipe. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Section 02315 with following additional requirements 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Excavate to required depth. 3. Grade to obtain fall required. 4. Bottom of trenches shall be hard. Tamp as required. 5. Remove debris from trench prior to laying of pipe. 6. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. 7. Excavate trenches so outside pipe will be 12 inches minimum below frost line or 48 inches minimum below finish grade, whichever is deeper. 8. Cover pipe only after testing is complete and accepted by Architect. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General 1. When work is not in progress, close open ends of pipe and fittings so no trench water, soil, or other substances will enter pipes or fittings. 2. Keep trenches free from water until pipe jointing material has set. Do not lay pipe when condition of trench or weather is unsuitable for such work. B. Placing And Laying of Underground Pipe 1. Deflections from straight line or grade, as required by vertical curves, horizontal curves, or offsets, shall not exceed 6/D inches per linear foot of pipe where D represents nominal diameter of pipe expressed in inches 2. Deflections to be determined between center lines extended of two connecting pipes. 3. If alignment requires deflection in excess of these limitations, provide special bends or sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within limits approved by Architect. 4. Laying - a. Shape trench bottom to give substantially uniform circumferential support to lower third of each pipe. b. Pipe laying shall proceed up -grade with spigot ends of bell -and -spigot pipe pointing in direction of flow. c. Lay each pipe true to line and grade and in such manner as to form close concentric joint with adjoining pipe and to prevent sudden offsets of flow line. d. Support fittings at bends in pipe line by concrete thrust blocks firmly wedged against vertical face of trench. Blocks shall be at least two cu ft in size. e. As work progresses, clear interior of pipe of dirt and superfluous materials. Where cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe, keep suitable swab or drag in pipe and pull forward past each joint immediately after jointing has been completed. C. Make joints between ductile iron and cast iron pipe and other types of pipe with standard manufactured cast-iron adapters and fittings. D. Provide cast iron valve box for fire protection valve. Encase valve box in concrete. E. Install ductile iron pipe to flange connection 12 inches above floor. Provide 2 inch minimum clearance around pipe at penetration through floor. Fill clearance with mastic. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 3 Section 02513 June 2005 Fire Suppression Water Distribution F. Make joints between ductile iron and other types of pipe with standard manufactured adapters and fittings. Make connections between new work and existing mains using specials fittings to suit actual conditions. G. Incidental Items of Work 1. Valve, plug, or cap, as directed by Architect, where pipe ends are left for future connections. 2. Make key for unlocking valve handle identical to key used to open doors to building. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test system according to 'Contractor's Material & Test Certification for Underground Piping' NFPA 13, figure 1-10.1(b).2 B. Refer to Section 02518 for cleaning and disinfection requirements. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 4 Section 02513 June 2005 Fire Suppression Water Distribution SECTION 0251 WATER SUPPLY PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform excavating and backfilling required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install piping for potable water supply from water main to within 5 feet of building as described in Contract Documents complete with meter, shut-off valve, and connections. 3. Pay hook-up fees required by agency furnishing water. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. Section 02315 - Procedure and quality of excavating, backfilling, and compacting 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute 1. ANSI / AWWA C900 2. NFPA 24 "Standard for Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their Appurtenances" 3. UL 246 "Hydrants for Fire -Protection Service" PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Pipe - PVC Pipe AWWA C-900 or AWWA C-909 with tracer wire and marking tape and Ductile Iron Fittings complying with AWWA C110, Cement Lined with rubber gaskets conforming to AWWA C111 B. Water Meter - As required by local agency furnishing water. C. Connection Material - Cast iron fittings meeting requirements of ANSI / AWWA C111/ A21.10, Class 150 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before installation, inspect pipe for defects and cracks. Do not use defective, damaged, or unsound pipe. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Section 02315 with following additional requirements 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Excavate to required depth. 3. Grade to obtain fall required. 4. Bottom of trenches shall be hard. Tamp as required. 5. Remove debris from trench prior to laying of pipe. 6. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. 7. Excavate trenches so outside pipe will be 12 inches minimum below frost line or 24 inches minimum below finish grade, whichever is deeper. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02518 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Water Supply / Ductile Iron 8. Cover pipe only after testing is complete and accepted by Architect. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General 1. When work is not in progress, close open ends of pipe and fittings so no trench water, soil, or other substances will enter pipes or fittings. 2. Keep trenches free from water until pipe jointing material has set. Do not lay pipe when condition of trench or weather is unsuitable for such work. B. Placing And Laying of Underground Pipe 1. Deflections from straight line or grade, as required by vertical curves, horizontal curves, or offsets, shall not exceed 6/D inches per linear foot of pipe where D represents nominal diameter of pipe expressed in inches 2. Deflections to be determined between center lines extended of two connecting pipes. 3. If alignment requires deflection in excess of these limitations, provide special bends or sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within limits approved by Architect. 4. Laying - a. Shape trench bottom to give substantially uniform circumferential support to lower third of each pipe. b. Pipe laying shall proceed up -grade with spigot ends of bell -and -spigot pipe pointing in direction of flow. c. Lay each pipe true to line and grade and in such manner as to form close concentric joint with adjoining pipe and to prevent sudden offsets of flow line. d. Support fittings at bends in pipe line by concrete thrust blocks firmly wedged against vertical face of trench. Blocks shall be at least two cu ft in size. e. As work progresses, clear interior of pipe of dirt and superfluous materials. Where cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe, keep suitable swab or drag in pipe and pull forward past each joint immediately after jointing has been completed. C. Make joints between ductile iron and cast iron pipe and other types of pipe with standard manufactured cast-iron adapters and fittings. D. Make joints between ductile iron and other types of pipe with standard manufactured adapters and fittings. Make connections between new work and existing mains using specials fittings to suit actual conditions. E. Valve, plug, or cap, as directed by Architect, where pipe ends are left for future connections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests 1. Sterilization And Negative Bacteriological Test - a. Sterilize potable water system with solution containing 200 parts per million minimum of available chlorine and maintaining a pH of 7.5 minimum. Introduce chlorinating materials into system in manner approved by Architect. Allow sterilization solution to remain for 24 hours and open and close valves and faucets several times during that time. b. After sterilization, flush solution from system with clean water until residual chlorine content is less than 0.2 parts per million. c. Water system will not be accepted until negative bacteriological test is made on water taken from system. Repeat dosing as necessary until such negative test is accomplished. 2. Pressure Test - Before covering pipes, test system in presence of Architect or governing agency at 100 psi hydrostatic pressure for two hours and show no leaks. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 2 June 2005 Section 02518 Water Supply / Ductile Iron SECTION 02522 UNDERGROUND CHILLED WATER PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS: A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: A. Extent of work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this section. Relates to underground chilled water. B. Earthwork for excavation and backfill. Provide complete for this work. C. Concrete Work. Provide complete for this work for anchors, thrust blocks, etc. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of specified materials of types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 5 years. B. Installer's Qualifications: Licensed firm with at least 3 years of successful installation experience on projects with water work similar to that required for project. 1.4 SUBMITTALS: A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturer's technical product data and installation instructions for all materials and products. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for underground piping systems showing piping materials, size, locations, and elevations. Include details of underground structures, connections, thrust blocks, and anchors. Show interface and spatial relationship between piping and proximate structures. C. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed water system piping and products, in accordance with requirements of General Conditions. D. Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance data and parts lists for system materials and products. Include this data, product data, shop drawings, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in accordance with requirements of General Conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 UNDERGROUND CHILLED WATER PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS: A. General: Provide piping materials and factory -fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in chilled water piping systems. Where more than one type of materials or products is indicated, selection is Installer's option. Bid Package #1 1 Section 02522 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Underground Chilled Water Piping B. Buried underground chilled water piping is to be installed from the chiller enclosure to the Temple building as indicated on the drawings. IF PVC piping is used at, a distance five feet from the Temple building foundation wall and at a distance of five feet from the chiller enclosure wall transition from PVC piping to ductile iron piping. Extended the ductile iron piping into the temple building and into the chiller enclosure. Terminate piping inside the building and inside the chiller enclosure at 12" from the inside face of the wall. Provide sleeve cast into building wall and chiller enclosure wall, and water -tight sleeve seal using Linkseal. At both the Temple building and at the chiller enclosure provide anchor and blind flange for connection. C. Piping: Provide pipes of the following materials, of weight/class indicated. Provide pipe fittings and accessories of same material and weight/class as pipes, with joining method as indicated. Ductile Iron Pipe System: a. Ductile Iron Pipe: AWWA C151; Class 51 unless otherwise indicated. Fittings: Ductile -iron complying with AWWA C110, with rubber gaskets conforming to AWWA C111. 2. PVC Pipe System: PVC Pipe: AWWA C900; Class 200. Fittings: Ductile -iron complying with AWWA C110, with rubber gaskets conforming to AWWA C111. 2.2 VALVES: A. Gate Valves 12" and Smaller: AWWA C500, 175 psi working pressure. Provide threaded, flanged, hub, or other end configurations to suit size of valve and piping connection. Provide inside screw type for use with curb valve box, epoxy coated, iron body, bronze -mounted, rubber encapsulated ductile iron wedge, non -rising stem. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gate valves of one of the following: a. American Flow Control Series 2500 b. Waterous Co. B. Gate Valve Accessories: Anchorages: Provide anchorages for tees, wyes, crosses, plugs, caps, bends, valves, and hydrants. After installation, apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion -retarding material to surfaces of ferrous anchorages. a. Clamps, Straps, and Washers: Steel, ASTM A 506. b. Rods: Steel, ASTM A 575. C. Rod Couplings: Malleable -iron, ASTM A 197. d. Bolts: Steel, ASTM A 307. e. Cast -Iron Washers: Gray -iron, ASTM A 126. f. Thrust Blocks: Concrete, 3,000 psi. Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Section 02522 June 2005 Underground Chilled Water Piping Valve box 2.3 BACKFILL MATERIALS: A. Use only clean compactible materials. B. Local material, free of cobblerock larger than 3", use only for volume backfill, not around pipe for 12" above or below, or 18" on sides. C. Sand: Use for bedding and backfill over. Use with care as piping may tend to float with compaction. 2.2 CONCRETE (non-structural only): A. General: Ready mix. B. Cement: Portland Type II. C. Sand and Gravel: Proportions not critical, nominal 1 part sand to 1 part gravel. D. Provide concrete with maximum water/cement ratio of 0.50, use at least 5-1/2 bags of cement per cubic yard of concrete. Mix sand, gravel, cement and water to a nominal 2-4 inch slump consistency, air entrainment 6-1/2 percent +\- 1-1/2 percent, 3,000 psi minimum 28 day test rating. E. Place concrete as soon as possible. Do not place if ambient is 40' F or less without protection. Protect from sun and wind. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION: A. General: Examine areas and conditions under which system's materials and products are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been B. corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 EXCAVATION: A. Excavate in straight line between points with uniform trench bottoms. Remove material unacceptable for backfill from the site and dispose. Use equipment suited for work. Excavate by hand within 2 feet of buried utilities. Where excavation is in unconsolidated material, rock or large cobble stone, over excavate, bring trench or structure bottom to grade with compactable backfill. B. Provide shoring and protection for workers in trench. C. Dewater trench if ground water is encountered. Lay piping and set manholes, etc., only on dry compacted bedding. 3.3 PLACING AND LAYING OF UNDERGROUND CHILLED WATER PIPE: A. Excavate trench to required depth. Top of piping shall be a minimum of 60" below finished grade. Provide 30" minimum separation between the chilled water supply piping and the chilled water return piping. The 30" separation (24" in between for 6" pipe) shall be measured from the centerline of the supply and return piping systems. Piping systems shall be backfilled with a minimum of 12" of sand on the sides and top and with sand (of required width) in between the supply and return piping. Bid Package #1 3 Section 02522 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Underground Chilled Water Piping B. Lay piping on clean bed of compacted sand, having a minimum depth of 12" C. Set piping on smooth graded trench bottoms cupped out for pipe bells and valve bodies, etc. Support piping along entire length. D. Lay piping with spigot ends of bells and spigot pipe pointing in the directions of flow. E. As work progresses, clear interior of pipe of dirt and superfluous materials. Use suitable swab or drag in pipe and pull forward past each joint immediately after joining has been completed. F. PVC pipe and Fittings: Install in accordance with G. Ductile Iron a Pipe and Fittings: Install in accordance with AWWA C600 "Standard for Installation of Ductile -Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances". H. Installation of Gate Valves: 1. General: Install valves as indicated with stems pointing up. Provide valve box over underground valves. 2. Anchorage: Anchor all valves into concrete thrust block, poured in place. 3.4 BACKFILL: A. Initially backfill and mechanically compact to midpoint of pipe. B. Do not cover any joints until any pressure tests are completed. C. Further place and compact in layers not to exceed 8" of moistened material. D. Bring backfill up to finish grade or to within 8" of finish grade if other trades have landscape or flat concrete work to do. E. Comply with compaction requirements of Section 02315 "Excavation and Fill" 3.5 CONCRETE FOR UTILITY WORK: A. Provide all concrete for thrust blocks, anchors and other miscellaneous related to utility installation. B. Relate to tie rods, anchors, structure, etc. 3.6 THRUST BLOCKS: A. Provide thrust blocks at all takeoffs and changes in direction for all underground chilled water pipes. Size to constrain maximum pressure of pipe with safety factor of 2 assuming earth with not more than 1,000 pounds per square foot bearing capacity. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered, and after thrust blocks have sufficiently hardened. Fill pipeline 24 hours prior to testing, and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water. B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than 1-1/2 times working pressure for 2-hrs. (100 psi minimum) Bid Package #1 4 Section 02522 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Underground Chilled Water Piping Test fails if there is any leakage. 2. Increase pressure in 50 psi increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for one hour, decrease to 0 psi. Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for one more hour. 3.8 CLEANUP: A. Remove all excess or reject material from site, leave area clean. Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION Section 02522 June 2005 Underground Chilled Water Piping Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple BLANK PAGE ON Section 02522 Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Underground Chilled Water Piping SECTION 02535 SANITARY SEWAGE SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform excavating and backfilling required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install sanitary sewage system complete as shown on Drawings. Begin sewer pipe within 5 feet of point where it enters building and connect to serving sewer system. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 74-98, 'Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings' 2. ASTM C 564-97, 'Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings' 3. ASTM D 00, 'Test Method for Laboratory Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft- Ibf/f3) (2,700 kN-m/m3)' 4. ASTM D 3034-00, 'Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings' 5. ASTM F 789-95a, 'Standard Specification for Type PS-46 and Type PS-115 Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings.' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cast Iron Soil Pipe And Fittings 1. Meet requirements of ASTM A 74, Service Grade. a. Cast iron for bell and spigot fittings b. Cast iron for 'no -hub' joints. 2. Joint Material - a. For Bell And Spigot Pipe - 1) 50 percent oakum and 50 percent lead, well calked. 2) Rubber gaskets meeting requirements of ASTM C 564 and compatible with pipe used. b. For'No-Hub' Pipe - 1) Neoprene gaskets with type 304 stainless steel clamp and 24 ga type 304 stainless steel housing by Clamp -All Corp, Ward Hill, MA. 2) 'Best' couplings and gaskets by American Brass & Iron Foundry, San Leandro, CA 3) Husky SD 4000 coupling by ANACO, Anaheim, CA B. PVC Pipe And Fittings 1. Gasket -joint gravity sewer pipe and fittings meeting requirements of ASTM D 3034 SDR-35 or ASTM F 789. 2. Joints shall be integral wall bell and elastomeric gasket. 3. Approved Model And Manufacturer - a. Submit name and address of pipe manufacture as part of submittal Bid Package # 1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 02535 Sanitary Sewage System PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Before installation, inspect pipe for defects and cracks. Do not use defective, damaged, or unsound pipe. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Section 02315 with following additional requirements 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Remove debris from trench prior to laying of pipe. 3. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. Excavate trenches so outside pipe will be 12 inches minimum below frost line or 18 inches minimum below finish grade, whichever is deeper. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General 1. When work is not in progress, close open ends of pipe and fittings so no trench water, soil, or other substances will enter pipes or fittings. 2. Keep trenches free from water until pipe jointing material has set. Do not lay pipe when condition of trench or weather is unsuitable for such work. 3. Pipe - Width of trench at and below top of pipe shall be such that clear space between barrel of pipe and trench wall shall be between 6 and 12 inches on both sides of pipe. 4. Appurtenances - a. Excavation for manholes and similar structures shall be sufficient to leave 12 inches minimum in clear between their outer surfaces and embankment or timber used to hold and protect banks. b. Over depth excavation below such appurtenances that has not been directed by Architect shall be considered unauthorized and be filled with sand, gravel, or concrete, as directed by Architect, and at no additional cost to Owner. B. Placing And Laying of Underground Pipe 1. Deflections from straight line or grade, as required by vertical curves, horizontal curves, or offsets, shall not exceed 6/D inches per linear foot of pipe where D represents nominal diameter of pipe expressed in inches. 2. Deflections to be determined between center lines extended of two connecting pipes. 3. If alignment requires deflection in excess of these limitations, provide special bends or sufficient number of shorter lengths of pipe to provide angular deflections within limits approved by Architect. 4. Laying - a. Shape trench bottom to give substantially uniform circumferential support to lower third of each pipe. b. Pipe laying shall proceed up -grade with spigot ends of bell -and -spigot pipe pointing in direction of flow. c. Lay each pipe true to line and grade and in such manner as to form close concentric joint with adjoining pipe and to prevent sudden offsets of flow line. d. As work progresses, clear interior of pipe of dirt and superfluous materials. Where cleaning after laying is difficult because of small pipe, keep suitable swab or drag in pipe and pull forward past each joint immediately after jointing has been completed. 5 Make joints between cast iron pipe and other types of pipe with standard manufactured cast-iron adapters and fittings. 6. Valve, plug, or cap, as directed by Architect, where pipe ends are left for future connections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Tests - Do not backfill trenches until required pressure and other tests have been performed and until installed utility system conforms to requirements of Contract Documents. Bid Package # 1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 2 Section 02535 June 2005 Sanitary Sewage System 3.5 CLEANING A. Remove excess earth from site or place as directed by Architect. Bid Package # 1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 3 June 2005 Section 02535 Sanitary Sewage System Bid Package # 1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 4 June 2005 Section 02535 Sanitary Sewage System SECTION 02554 GAS DISTRIBUTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform excavation and backfill required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install gas piping and fittings as described in Contract Documents from gas main to meter location. 3. Provide, make necessary arrangements for, and pay necessary fees to local gas utility company for gas service lines and proper size gas meter. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 2. Section 02315 3. Section 05090 4. Section 15196 1.2 REFERENCES - General Site Construction Requirements - Procedure and quality of backfilling and compacting - Welding standards and requirements - Gas line from meter to building A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 53-01, 'Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot -Dipped Zinc -Coated Welded and Seamless' 2. ASTM A 234-00a, 'Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures' 3. ASTM D 2513-00, 'Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Welders shall be certified and bear evidence of certification 30 days before commencing work on project. If there is doubt as to proficiency of welder, Owner's Representative may require welder to take another test. This shall be done at no cost to Owner. Certification shall be by Pittsburgh Testing Laboratories or other approved authority. 2. Polyethylene pipe installers shall be properly trained and certified in procedure for joining polyethylene pipe. B. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies - Lay underground pipe in accordance with federal pipeline safety regulations and local gas utility company regulations and specifications. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store polyethylene pipe so it is exposed to sunlight. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Above -Ground Pipe And Fittings - Black carbon steel, butt welded, Schedule 40 pipe meeting requirements of ASTM A 53. Welded forged steel fittings meeting requirements of ASTM A 234. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02554 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Gas Distribution B. Below -Ground Pipe And Fittings - Polyethylene pipe and fittings meeting requirements of ASTM D 2513 with No. 14 coated copper tracer wire. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Section 02315 with following additional requirements 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Excavate to required depth. 3. Bottom of trenches shall be hard. Tamp as required. 4. Remove debris from trench prior to laying of pipe. 5. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. 6. Place 4 inches of sand around pipe before trench is backfilled. 7. Bury outside pipe 12 inches minimum below frost line or 18 inches minimum below finish grade, whichever is deeper. 8. Backfill only after pipe lines have been tested, inspected, and approved by Architect. B. General installation shall be as specified in Division 15. 1. Steel pipe 2-1/2 inches and larger shall have welded fittings and joints. 2. Provide 24 inch minimum steel pipe between vertical rise of riser and end of polyethylene line if anode -less riser is not used. Use plastic -to -steel transition or compression fitting between end of service line and steel meter riser. Provide cathodic protection for steel riser or use anode -less riser. 3. Place tracer wire along side of polyethylene pipe from meter to main. C. Set meter on concrete base. (Performed under future Bid Package) D. Provide necessary protection against damage for meter. (Performed under future Bid Package) Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 2 Section 02554 June 2005 Gas Distribution SECTION 02630 STORM DRAINAGE PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform excavating and backfilling required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install storm drainage system as described in Contract Documents from point of water collection to terminating point. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02051 - General Site Construction Requirements 2. Section 02315 - Procedure and quality of excavating, backfilling, and compacting 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 929-97, 'Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Metallic -Coated by the Hot -Dip Process for Corrugated Steel Pipe. 2. ASTM C 14-99, 'Standard Specification for Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe' 3. ASTM C 76-00, 'Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe' 4. ASTM C 564-97, 'Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings' 5. ASTM D 2321-00, 'Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity -Flow Applications' 6. ASTM D 3034-00, 'Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings' 7. ASTM D 3212-96a, 'Standard Specification for Joints for Drain and Sewer Plastic Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals' 8. ASTM F 794-99, 'Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Profile Gravity Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter' 9. ASTM F 1336-00, 'Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) Gasketed Sewer Fittings' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Bedding Material - 314 inch crushed gravel. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Catch Basins, Curb Inlets, Etc 1. Concrete - a. Construct of 4000 psi minimum concrete. b. Include cover inlet with cast iron frame and grate as shown on Drawings. 2. PVC - a. Comply with requirements of ASTM D 3212. ASTM F 794, and ASTM F 1336. b. Metal grates, Frames, and hoods shall comply with ASTM A 536, Grade 70-50-05. c. Acceptable Products - 1) Nyloplast-ADS, Buford, GA (866) 888-8479 www.nyloplast-us.com 2) Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01600. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 02630 Sitwork, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Storm Drainage B. Concrete Pipe 1. Non -Reinforced - Meet requirements of ASTM C 14. 2. Reinforced - a. Meet requirements of ASTM C 76, plain end. b. Determine class of pipe by depth of cover over pipe at rough -graded elevations as follows Depth Of Cover Class Of Pipe Under 1 feet V 2 feet to 6 feet III Over 6 feet II C. PVC Pipe And Fittings 1. Meet requirements of ASTM D 3034, SDR 35 2. Fittings - Slip Joint type with elastomeric seals. D. Corrugated Metal Pipe 1. Meet requirements of ASTM, Type II Aluminized Pipe and Fittings . 2. 16 gauge, standard round. 3. Corrugations - a. 12 to 60 Inch Pipe - 2-2/3 by 1/2 inch depth helical corrugations. F. Cast Iron Soil Pipe And Fittings 1. Meet requirements of ASTM A 74. 2. Joint Material - Rubber gaskets meeting requirements of ASTM C 564 and compatible with pipe used. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Excavate and backfill as specified in Section 02315 with following additional requirements 1. Runs shall be as close as possible to those shown on Drawings. 2. Excavate to required depth. 3. Grade to obtain fall required. 4. Remove debris from trench prior to laying of bedding and pipe. 5. Do not cut trenches near footings without consulting Architect. 6. Backfill only after pipe lines have been tested, inspected, and approved by Architect. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Concrete Pipe 1. Provide 3 inches of uncompacted bedding material below pipe. 2. After installation of pipe, provide additional bedding material up to springline of pipe. B. PVC / Aluminized Pipe 1. Install in accordance with ASTM D 2321. 2. Minimum cover for corrugated pipe and fittings shall be 12 inches for H-20 load. C. Use jacks to make-up gasketed joints. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Failure to install joints properly shall be cause for rejection and replacement of piping system. 3.4 CLEANING A. Remove excess earth from site or place as directed by Architect. END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 02630 Sitwork, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Storm Drainage DIVISION 03 CONCRETE 03300 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE 03310 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Division 03 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Division 03 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents SECTION 03310 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. B. Related Sections include the following: Division 2 Section "Earthwork" for drainage fill under slabs -on -grade. Division 2 Section "Cement Concrete Pavement' for concrete pavement and walks. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of blended hydraulic cement, fly ash and other pozzolans, ground granulated blast -furnace slag, and silica fume. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of manufactured material and product indicated. B. Design Mixes: For each concrete mix. Include alternate mix designs when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments. Indicate amounts of mix water to be withheld for later addition at Project site. 2. Include substantiating substantial test data to show compliance with ACI 318-02 Chapter 5. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Steel reinforcement shop drawings shall contain sufficient detail and information to allow complete fabrication and installation of the reinforcing steel without reference to the contract drawings either on the fabrication shop floor or at the project site. The steel reinforcement detailer shall generate all shop drawing bending and installation details from the structural and architectural drawings and specifications. The use of reproductions or photocopies of the contract drawings shall not be permitted. 1. Provide details of fabrication, bending, and placement, prepared according to ACI 315, "Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement." Include material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar diagrams, arrangement, and supports of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required for openings through concrete structures. 2. Shop drawing re -submittals shall clearly identify all revisions to previous submittals. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete a. Heavy ink clouded outlines (revision clouds) shall be drawn around revised areas of individual sheets. b. Architect/Engineer will not review information outside of revision clouds on resubmitted drawings. D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a structural engineer licensed in the State of Idaho detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. Design and engineering of formwork are Contractor's responsibility. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and installing and removing reshoring. E. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. F. Material Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that each of the following items complies with requirements: 1. Cementitious materials and aggregates. 2. Form materials and form -release agents. 3. Steel reinforcement and reinforcement accessories. 4. Admixtures. 5. Waterstops. 6. Curing materials. 7. Floor and slab treatments. 8. Bonding agents. 9. Adhesives. 10. Vapor barriers. 11. Epoxy joint filler. 12. Joint -filler strips. 13. Repair materials. G. Minutes of preinstallation conference. H. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of Architects and Owners, and other information specified 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. B. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional structural engineer licensed in the State of Idaho and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for formwork and shoring and reshoring installations that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready -mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer must be certified according to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association's Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete D. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP-1 or an equivalent certification program. E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, each aggregate from one source, and each admixture from the same manufacturer. F. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4, "Structural Welding Code -- Reinforcing Steel." G. ACI Publications: Comply with the following, unless more stringent provisions are indicated: ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete." ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." H. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Meetings." Before submitting design mixes, review concrete mix design and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast -in -place concrete to attend, including the following: Contractor's superintendent. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixes. Ready -mix concrete producer. Concrete subcontractor. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. 1.7 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Redesign or Departures from Requirements of the Contract Documents Initiated by Contractor: Obtain written acceptance from the Architect and Architect's consultants. Bear costs for Contractor -initiated or construction error due to changes in type, form, system, or details of construction from those indicated by the contract documents. 3. Costs of review of such changes by Architect and Architect's consultants will be deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM -FACING MATERIALS A. Smooth -Formed Finished Concrete: Form -facing panels that will provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete 1. Plywood, metal, or other approved panel materials. 2. Exterior -grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. High -density overlay, Class 1, or better. b. Medium -density overlay, Class 1, or better, mill -release agent treated and edge sealed. C. Structural 1, B-B, or better, mill oiled and edge sealed. d. B-B (Concrete Form), Class 1, or better, mill oiled and edge sealed. B. Rough -Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. C. Form -Release Agent: Commercially formulated form -release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form -release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form -facing materials. D. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, removable or snap -off metal or glass -fiber -reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch (25 mm) to the plane of the exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 inch (25 mm) in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water -barrier plates to walls indicated to receive dampproofing or waterproofing. 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed. B. Low -Alloy -Steel Reinforcing Bars: All reinforcing steel to be welded or bent in field: ASTM A 706/A 706M, deformed. C. Plain -Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185, fabricated from as -drawn steel wire into flat sheets. 2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. Manufacture bar supports according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete or fiber - reinforced concrete of greater compressive strength than concrete, and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic -protected or CRSI Class 2 stainless -steel bar supports. 2.4 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type 1/II. C. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type II. D. Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica. E. Normal -Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded: 1. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 1 inch (25 mm). 2. Combined Aggregate Gradation: Well graded from coarsest to finest with not more than 18 percent and not less than 8 percent retained on an individual sieve, except that less than 8 percent may be retained on coarsest sieve and on No. 50 (0.3-mm) sieve, and less than 8 percent may be retained on sieves finer than No. 50 (0.3 mm). F. Lightweight Aggregate: ASTM C 330. 1. Nominal Maximum Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch (19 mm). G. Water: Potable and complying with ASTM C 94. 2.5 ADMIXTURES A. General: Admixtures certified by manufacturer to contain not more than 0.1 percent water- soluble chloride ions by mass of cementitious material and to be compatible with other admixtures and cementitious materials. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride. B. Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. C. Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A. D. High -Range, Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F. E. Water -Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E. F. Water -Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D. 2.6 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Rubber Waterstops: CE CRD-C 513, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Profile: Flat, dumbbell without center bulb (typical construction joints, unless noted otherwise). 2. Profile: Flat, dumbbell with center bulb (at expansion joints). B. Flexible PVC Waterstops: CE CRD-C 572, for embedding in concrete to prevent passage of fluids through joints. Factory fabricate corners, intersections, and directional changes. 1. Profile: Flat, dumbbell without center bulb (typical construction joints, unless noted otherwise). 2. Profile: Flat, dumbbell with center bulb (at expansion joints). C. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Manufactured rectangular or trapezoidal strip, sodium bentonite or other hydrophylic material for adhesive bonding to concrete. Bid Package #1 - 5 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete D. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Rubber Waterstops: a. Greenstreak. b. Progress Unlimited Inc. C. Westec Barrier Technologies; Division of Western Textile Products, Inc., d. Williams Products, Inc. 2. PVC Waterstops: a. Greenstreak. b. Meadows: W.R. Meadows, Inc. C. Murphy: Paul Murphy Plastics Co. d. Progress Unlimited Inc., e. Sternson Group f. Tamms Industries Co.; Division of LaPorte Construction Chemicals North America Inc., g. Vinylex Corporation. h. Westec Barrier Technologies; Division of Western Textile Products, Inc. 3. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops a. Volclay Waterstop-RX; Colloid Environmental Technologies Co. b. Conseal CS-231; Concrete Sealants Inc. C. Swellseal Joint; De Neef Construction Chemicals (U.S.) Inc. d. Hydrotite; Greenstreak. e. Mirastop; Mirafi Moisture Protection, Div. of Royal Ten Cate (USA), Inc. f. Adeka Ultra Seal; Mitsubishi International Corporation. g. Superstop; Progress Unlimited Inc. 2.7 VAPOR BARRIERS A. Vapor Barriers: ASTM E 1745, Class A (Plastics), with water vapor transmission rate (WVTR) less than 0.0008 as tested by ASTM E96. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Stego Wrap (15 mil) Vapor Barrier by Stego Industries. b. W.R. Meadows Premoulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core. C. Zero -Perm by Alumiseal. B. Seam Tape: Water vapor transmission rate (WVTR) less than or equal to 0.3 percent. C. Vapor Proofing Mastic: Water vapor transmission rate (WVTR) less than or equal to 0.3 percent. D. Pipe Boots: Construct pipe boots from vapor barrier material, pressure sensitive tape and/or mastic per manufacturer's instructions. 2.8 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete. Bid Package #1 - 6 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) dry. C. Moisture -Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap -polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1, Class A, 30% solids content minimum. F. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Evaporation Retarder: a. Cimfilm; Axim Concrete Technologies. b. Finishing Aid Concentrate; Burke Group, LLC (The). C. Spray -Film; ChemMasters. d. Aquafilm; Conspec Marketing & Manufacturing Co., Inc. e. Sure Film; Dayton Superior Corporation. f. Eucobar; Euclid Chemical Co. g. Vapor Aid; Kaufman Products, Inc. 2. Clear, Waterborne, Membrane -Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: a. Klear-Kote Cure -Sealer -Hardener, 30 percent solids; Burke Group, LLC (The). b. Press and Seal WB-30 Plus; L&M Construction Chemicals Inc. C. Vocomp-30; W. R. Meadows, Inc. d. Masterkure 200; Master Builders. e. Super Aqua Cure; Euclid Chemical Company. f. Safe Cure and Seal; Dayton Superior Corporation. 2.9 RELATED MATERIALS A. Joint -Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt -saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Epoxy Joint Filler: Two -component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Shore A hardness of 80 per ASTM D 2240. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene. D. Epoxy -Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two -component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class and grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Type II, non -load bearing, for bonding freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 2. Types I and II, non -load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 3. Types IV and V, load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. E. Reglets: Fabricate reglets of not less than 0.0217-inch- (0.55-mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of reglet to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. Bid Package #1 - 7 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete F. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot -dip galvanized steel sheet, not less than 0.0336 inch (0.85 mm) thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris. 2.10 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Repair Underlayment: Cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match adjacent floor elevations. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi (29 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. B. Repair Topping: Traffic -bearing, cement -based, polymer -modified, self -leveling product that can be applied in thicknesses from 1/4 inch (6 mm). 1. Cement Binder: ASTM C 150, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic cement as defined in ASTM C 219. 2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and application. 3. Aggregate: Well -graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as recommended by topping manufacturer. 4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5700 psi (39 MPa) at 28 days when tested according to ASTM C 109/C 109M. 2.11 CONCRETE MIXES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases, as follows: Proportion normal -weight concrete according to ACI 211.1 and ACI 301. 2. Proportion lightweight structural concrete according to ACI 211.2 and ACI 301. B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis. C. Proportion Concrete mix as follows: Compressive Strength: Refer to General Structural Notes. 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: Refer to General Structural Notes. Bid Package #1 - 8 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete 3. Air Content: Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having the air content specified in the General Structural Notes. D. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 20 percent. 2. Combined Fly Ash and Pozzolan: 20 percent. 3. Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: 50 percent. 4. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolan and Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolan not exceeding 20 percent. 5. Silica Fume: 10 percent. 6. Combined Fly Ash, Pozzolans, and Silica Fume: 30 percent with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 20 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. 7. Combined Fly Ash or Pozzolans, Ground Granulated Blast -Furnace Slag, and Silica Fume: 50 percent portland cement minimum, with fly ash or pozzolans not exceeding 20 percent and silica fume not exceeding 10 percent. E. Limit water-soluble, chloride -ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of cement. F. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water -reducing admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture (superplasticizer) in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water -reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water -reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy -use industrial slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.50. 4. Use corrosion -inhibiting admixture in concrete mixes where indicated. 2.12 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice." 2.13 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready -Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 and ASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32 deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. Bid Package #1 - 9 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until concrete structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: Class B, 1/4 inch (6 mm). Limit concealed surfaces to +/- 1/16" at wall recesses for electric panels. D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. Do not use rust -stained steel form -facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike -off templates or compacting -type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Do not chamfer corners or edges of concrete. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form -release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast -in -place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. Bid Package #1 - 10 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete Install anchor bolts, accurately located, to elevations required. Install reglets to receive top edge of foundation sheet waterproofing and to receive through -wall flashings in outer face of concrete frame at exterior walls, where flashing is shown at lintels, shelf angles, and other conditions. Install dovetail anchor slots in concrete structures as indicated. 3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork, for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work, that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete provided concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form -removal operations and provided curing and protection operations are maintained. B. Leave formwork, for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements, that supports weight of concrete in place at least 7 days and until concrete has achieved the following: At least 70 percent of 28-day design compressive strength. Determine compressive strength of in -place concrete by testing representative field- or laboratory -cured test specimens according to ACI 301. 3. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. C. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form -facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form -release agent. D. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Architect. 3.4 SHORES AND RESHORES A. Comply with ACI 318 (ACI 318M), ACI 301, and recommendations in ACI 347R for design, installation, and removal of shoring and reshoring. B. In multistory construction, extend shoring or reshoring over a sufficient number of stories to distribute loads in such a manner that no floor or member will be excessively loaded or will induce tensile stress in concrete members without sufficient steel reinforcement. C. Plan sequence of removal of shores and reshore to avoid damage to concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support construction without excessive stress or deflection. 3.5 VAPOR BARRIERS A. Preparation: Ensure that subsoil is approved by architect or geotechnical engineer 1. Level and tamp or roll aggregate, sand or tamped earth base. Bid Package #1 - 11 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Installation: Place, protect, and repair vapor barrier sheets according to ASTM E 1642 and manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll vapor barrier with the longest dimension parallel with the direction of the pour. 2. Lap vapor barrier over footings and seal to foundation walls. 3. Overlap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's tape. 4. Seal all penetrations (including pipes) per manufacturer's instructions. 5. No penetration of the vapor barrier is allowed except permanent utilities. C. Repair damaged areas by cutting patches of vapor barrier, overlapping damaged area 6 inches and taping all four sides with tape. 3.6 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for placing reinforcement. Do not cut or puncture vapor barrier. Repair damage and reseal vapor barrier before placing concrete. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. Shop- or field -weld reinforcement according to AWS D1.4, where indicated. D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. E. Install welded wire fabric in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire. 3.7 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Form from preformed galvanized steel, plastic keyway -section forms, or bulkhead forms with keys, unless otherwise indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into concrete. 3. Locate joints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans. Offset joints in girders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam -girder intersection. 4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs. Bid Package #1 - 12 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete Space vertical joints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls, near corners, and in concealed locations where possible. 6. Use a bonding agent or roughen interface to'/" (6mm) amplitude at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces. C. Contraction Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: Form weakened -plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one- fourth of concrete thickness, as follows: Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond -rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3-mm-) wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs -on -Grade: After removing formwork, install joint -filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, and other locations, as indicated. 1. Extend joint -filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Install joint -filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is required, lace or clip sections together. E. Dowel Joints: Install dowel sleeves and dowels or dowel bar and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Use dowel sleeves or lubricate or asphalt -coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint. 3.8 WATERSTOPS A. Flexible Waterstops: Install in construction joints as indicated to form a continuous diaphragm. Install in longest lengths practicable. Support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of Work. Field -fabricate joints in waterstops according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Self -Expanding Strip Waterstops: Install in construction joints and at other locations indicated, according to manufacturer's written instructions, bonding or mechanically fastening and firmly pressing into place. Install in longest lengths practicable. 3.9 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project site, or during placement, unless approved by Architect. Do not add water to concrete after adding high -range water -reducing admixtures to mix. C. Adjust mix as required to maintain specified air content at the point of discharge. Bid Package #1 - 13 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete D. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. E. Deposit concrete in forms in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic, to avoid cold joints. 1. Maximum drop height of concrete in forms shall be 5'-0". 2. Concrete pours wider than 4'-0" shall be deposited in horizontal layers no deeper than 24 inches (600mm). 3. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment. Use equipment and procedures for consolidating concrete recommended by ACI 309R. 4. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations no farther than the visible effectiveness of the vibrator. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mix constituents to segregate. F. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open -textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. G. Cold -Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C), uniformly heat water and aggregates before mixing to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) and not more than 80 deg F (27 deg C) at point of placement. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, unless otherwise specified and approved in mix designs. H. Hot -Weather Placement: Place concrete according to recommendations in ACI 305R and as follows, when hot -weather conditions exist: Bid Package #1 - 14 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Cover steel reinforcement with water -soaked burlap so steel temperature will not exceed ambient air temperature immediately before embedding in concrete. Fog -spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade moisture uniform without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.10 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections exceeding ACI 347R limits for class of surface specified. B. Smooth -Formed Finish: As -cast concrete texture imparted by form -facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defective areas. Remove fins and other projections exceedingl/8 inch (3 mm) in height. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting. Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth -formed finish. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth -formed finished concrete: Smooth -Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout -Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one- half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens, rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. Cork -Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.11 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302A R for screeding, restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. Bid Package #1 - 15 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Scratch Finish: While still plastic, texture concrete surface that has been screeded and bull - floated or darbied. Use stiff brushes, brooms, or rakes. Apply scratch finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces to receive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo, and other bonded cementitious floor finishes. C. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power -driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular texture. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowel finish, and to floor and slab surfaces to be covered with fluid -applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membrane roofing, or sand -bed terrazzo. D. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power -driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to floor and slab surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, or another thin film -finish coating system 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, measured within 72 hours according to ASTM E 1155/E 1155M for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 35; and levelness, F(L) 25; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 24; and levelness, F(L) 17; for slabs -on -grade. 3. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled freestanding 10-foot- (3.05-m-) long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere on the surface, does not exceed the following: 3/16 inch (4.8 mm). E. Trowel and Fine -Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin -set method. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. F. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber - bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. 3.12 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in - place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete Work. Bid Package #1 - 16 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Curbs: Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and by steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. C. Equipment Bases: Provide 4" thick concrete pads under mechanical equipment as required. Reinforce with #4 at 16" (#13 at 400mm) on center each way at center of pad. Dowel to floor structure with #3 (#10) hooked dowels with 12" (300mm) horizontal legs, at 24" (600mm) on center around perimeter of pad. Drill and epoxy with 3" (75mm) embedment. Refer to Mechanical drawings for locations. Pad size to extend 6" (150mm) beyond edge of equipment on all sides. Set anchor bolts for machines and equipment at correct elevations, complying with diagrams or templates of manufacturer furnishing machines and equipment. D. Steel Pan Stairs: Provide concrete fill for steel pan stair treads, landings, and associated items. Cast -in inserts and accessories as shown on Drawings. Screed, tamp, and trowel -finish concrete surfaces. 3.13 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold -weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R for hot -weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h (1 kg/sq. m x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing by one or a combination of the methods specified in Paragraph D below. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces, by one or a combination of the following methods: Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water -fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. 3.14 JOINT FILLING A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least six months. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased. Bid Package #1 - 17 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joint clean and dry. C. Install semirigid epoxy joint filler full depth in saw -cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening. 3.15 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry -pack patching mortar, consisting of one part portland cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.2-mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than '/2 inch (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete but not less than 1 inch (25 mm) in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush -coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form -tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface. 3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Correct other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment. Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 18 June 2005 Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Concrete 5. Correct other low areas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping. Cut out low areas to ensure a minimum repair topping depth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level surface. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least 3/4 inch (19 mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mix as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's approval. 3.16 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to sample materials, perform tests, and submit test reports during concrete placement. Sampling and testing for quality control may include those specified in this Article. B. Testing Services: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: Testing Frequency: Obtain at least one composite sample for each 100 cu. yd. (76 cu. m) or fraction thereof of each concrete mix placed each day. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five compressive -strength tests for each concrete mix, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. Slump: ASTM C 143; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Air Content: ASTM C 231, pressure method, for normal -weight concrete; ASTM C 173, volumetric method, for structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below and when 80 deg F (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each composite sample. 5. Unit Weight: ASTM C 567, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mix. Bid Package #1 - 19 Section 03310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Cast -in -Place Concrete 6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C 31/C 31M; cast and laboratory cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. a. Cast and field cure one set of four standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 7. Compressive -Strength Tests: ASTM C 39; test one laboratory -cured specimen at 7 days, two at 28 days, and hold one for later testing. C. When strength of field -cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory -cured cylinders, Contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in -place concrete. D. Strength of each concrete mix will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive -strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive -strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). E. Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive -strength tests shall contain Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, type of break for both 7-and 28-day tests, and air content F. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. G. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42 or by other methods as directed by Architect. H. Slab Leveling and Flatness Testing: Testing and inspecting agency shall test each bay of each floor for conformance to specified tolerance. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 0 June 2005 Section 03310 Cast -in -Place Concrete DIVISION O5 METALS 05100 STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05300 METAL DECK 05310 STEEL DECK 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Division 05 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Division 05 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: Structural steel. Grout. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for independent testing agency procedures and administrative requirements. 2. Division 5 Section "Steel Deck" for field installation of shear connectors. 3. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items not defined as structural steel.. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Structural Steel: Elements of structural -steel frame, as classified by AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," that support design loads. B. Heavy Sections: ASTM A 6, Group 3 shapes with flanges thicker than 1 '/z inches, and Groups 4 and 5 shapes; plates exceeding 2 inches in thickness, including base plates and plates in welded built-up members. C. Seismic Critical Welds 1. Complete penetration welds in beam -to -column connections, including flange, web, flange reinforcement, stiffener plate, and doubler plate welds. 2. Complete penetration welds of column splices and of columns -to -base plates. 3. Other welds indicated as "Seismic Critical" on the drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of structural -steel components. 1. Structural steel shop drawings shall contain sufficient detail and information to allow complete fabrication and erection of the structure without reference to the contract drawings either on the fabrication shop floor or at the project site. The steel detailer shall generate all shop drawing fabrication and installation details from the structural and architectural drawings and specifications. The use of reproductions or photocopies of the contract drawings shall not be permitted. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel a. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data. b. Include embedment drawings. C. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. d. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip -critical high -strength bolted connections. 2. Shop drawing re -submittals shall clearly identify all revisions to previous submittals. a. Heavy ink, clouded outlines (revision clouds) shall be drawn around revised areas of individual sheets. b. Engineer/Architect will not review information outside of revision clouds on re- submitted drawings. C. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. D. Welding certificates. E. Structural steel erection plan detailing sequence and methods of erection. 1. The contractor shall provide a comprehensive engineering analysis, signed and sealed by a structural engineer licensed in the State of Idaho, verifying that the structure erected over occupied space will comply with the current edition of the International Building Code during all phases of construction. F. Mill Test Reports: Signed by manufacturers certifying that the following products comply with requirements: 1. Structural steel including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Direct -tension indicators. 4. Tension -control, high -strength bolt -nut -washer assemblies. 5. Shear stud connectors. 6. Shop primers. 7. Nonshrink grout. G. Certified Manufacturer's Test Reports All Steel Receiving Seismic Critical Welds: Tensile tests and chemical analysis, including all trace elements. Heavy Sections Receiving Seismic Critical Welds: Charpy V-notch as specified in Part 2 of this Section. H. Written Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs): In accordance with AWS D1.1 requirements for each welded joint proposed for use whether prequalified or qualified by testing. Include all welding that will be performed during fabrication (shop) and installation/erection (field). Include the following items as applicable for the welding process: 1. Indicate as -detailed configuration, and the maximum and minimum fit -up configurations. 2. Identify specific electrode and manufacturer. 3. List actual values of welding parameters to be used so clear instruction is provided to welders. 4. Steel specification(s) and grade(s) to be welded. 5. Thickness range of materials to be joined. 6. Type of joint. 7. Type of weld. 8. Size of weld. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 9. Position of welding. 10. Flux and shielding gas. 11. Electrode diameter. 12. Voltage (except SMAW). 13. Current (amperage) or wire feed speed. 14. Travel speed. 15. Minimum Preheat and Interpass Temperatures: Provide minimum preheat and interpass temperature for all welds, including tack welds, in accordance with AWS D1.1, Table 3.2. The Contractor may specify higher minimum temperatures as a part of the WPS. Preheat and interpass temperatures lower than those required by AWS D1.1, Table 3.2, are permitted provided the WPS has been qualified by testing. Minimum preheat and interpass temperatures shall be verified at a distance of 3 inches from the joint or for materials over 3 inches in thickness at a distance equal to the thickness of the part. 16. Maximum Preheat and Interpass Temperatures: The maximum preheat and interpass temperature permitted is 550 degrees F, measured at a distance of 1 inch from the joint. This maximum temperature may not be increased with or without qualification testing. 17. Number and placement of passes. 18. Technique (stringer or weave bead). 19. Shielding gas flow rate. 20. Other pertinent information specific to the weld. I. Procedure Qualification Record (PQR): In accordance with AWS D1.1 for all procedures qualified by testing. For seismic critical welds, qualification testing shall include Charpy V-notch (CVN) testing in accordance with Annex 3 of AWS D1.1. The notch specimen shall be located in the weld. The minimum CVN values shall be 40 ft-lbf at 70 degrees F. If two different filler metals are used, including all tack welds and repairs, then additional CVN specimens shall be taken at the boundary of the two filler metals. Qualify all welds for the maximum heat input to be used on the project. J. Manufacturer's Certifications: For all welding electrodes, fluxes, and shielding gasses to be used. Certifications shall satisfy the applicable AWS A5 requirements. K. Test Reports: Copies of reports of tests conducted on shop and field bolted and welded connections. Include data on type(s) of tests conducted and test results. L. Surveys: Submit certified copies of each survey conducted by a registered land surveyor, showing elevations and locations of base plates and anchor bolts to receive structural steel, and final elevations and locations for major members. Indicate discrepancies between actual installation and contract documents. M. Design Calculations: Submit design calculations, bearing the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer, employed by the Contractor and registered in the state of the project, for the following: 1. Connections that differ from that indicated in the contract documents. 2. Requests for substitution of member sizes or material grades. 3. Modification of the strength or configuration of structural framing for the convenience to accommodate the erection sequence, construction equipment, and/or material availability. 4. Calculations shall be in conformance with the reference standards cited herein and shall clearly demonstrate applicability for the intended use. Maintain one copy of each document on -site. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed structural steel work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector. C. Fabricator Qualifications: Engage a firm experienced in fabricating structural steel similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to fabricate structural steel without delaying the Work. Fabricator must participate in the AISC Quality Certification Program and be designated an AISC-Certified Plant as follows: Category: Category Cbd (Previous Cat. II), complex steel building structures. Fabricator shall be registered with and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Comply with applicable provisions of the following specifications and documents: 1. AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges," (with exceptions noted in Part 1 of this Section). 2. AISC's "Seismic Provisions for Structural Steel Buildings" and "Supplement No. 2." 3. AISC's "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings --Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design." 4. AISC's "Specification for the design of Steel Hollow Structural Sections." 5. AISC's "Specification for Allowable Stress Design of Single -Angle Members." 6. ASTM A 6 (ASTM A 6M) "Specification for General Requirements for Rolled Steel Plates, Shapes, Sheet Piling, and Bars for Structural Use." 7. Research Council on Structural Connections' (RCSC) "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A structural engineer who is licensed in the State of Idaho and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for projects with structural steel framing that are similar to that indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent. F. Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code -- Steel." Present evidence that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. Qualifications for Welding Work: Qualify welding personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1, "Qualification," and WABO (or approved equal) requirements or approved equal. a. Qualify welders in accordance with AWS D1.1 for each process, position, and joint configuration. b. Welders who have not used the welding process for a period of 6 or more months shall be requalified. C. If recertification of welders is required, retesting will be the Contractor's responsibility. d. WPSs for each joint type shall indicate proper AWS qualification and be available where welding is performed. e. Each welder performing seismic critical welds, including welds using copper and ceramic backing bars, shall be qualified by testing in accordance with FEMA 353, Part I, Appendix B. The WPS for the test shall be the same WPS used during construction. f. Welders whose work fails to pass inspection shall be requalified before performing further welding. G. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver structural steel to Project site in such quantities and at such times to ensure continuity of installation. B. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from erosion and deterioration. 1. Store fasteners in a protected place. Clean and relubricate bolts and nuts that become dry or rusty before use. 2. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed. 3. Store welding electrodes as specified by AWS. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Furnish anchorage items to be embedded in or attached to other construction without delaying the Work. Provide setting diagrams, sheet metal templates, instructions, and directions, for installation. 1.8 EXCEPTIONS TO AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR STEEL BUILDINGS AND BRIDGES A. Add the following paragraph to Section 1.8.1 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges: "The Contractor shall have sole responsibility for site safety. The Fabricator and Erector shall review the Contract Documents and if the structure, as shown on those documents, is in conflict with the requirements of any safety regulations, the Fabricator shall notify the Structural Engi- neer of Record prior to commencing shop drawing production. If the Fabricator and/or Erector fail to notify the Structural Engineer of Record, as stated above, they shall become responsible for all costs for correcting such conflicts with the requirements of any and all safety regulations." B. Revise first sentence of Section 1.8.2 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges as follows: "The Structural Engineer of Record shall be responsible for the adequacy of the structural de- sign of the structure in the completed project." C. Add the following paragraph to Sections 7.5.1 and Section 7.5.3 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges: "The Owner's Designated Representative for Construction shall prepare the Embedment Draw- ing. The Embedment Drawing shall be submitted to the Structural Engineer of Record for infor- mation only. The Structural Engineer of Record shall not be responsible for the review and ap- proval of the Embedment Drawing." D. Add the following paragraph to Section 7.10.3 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges: "The Erector shall have the sole responsibility for determining the means and methods used to properly and adequately brace the framing during erection." E. Revise the second paragraph of Section 7.10.3 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges as follows: Bid Package #1 - 5 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel "The Erector need not consider loads during erection that result from the performance of work by, or the acts of, others, except as specifically identified by the Owner's Designated Represen- tatives for Design and Construction, nor those that are unpredictable, such as loads due to hur- ricane, tornado, explosion or collision. The Erector shall determine, furnish and install tempo- rary supports to resist earthquake loads specified by the 2003 International Building Code for new buildings." F. Revise Section 7.14 of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges as follows: "The correction of minor misfits by moderate amounts of reaming or grinding, and the drawing of elements into line with drift pins, shall be considered to be normal erection operations. Errors that cannot be corrected using the foregoing means, or that require welding, cutting or changes in member or Connection configuration, shall be promptly reported to the Owner's Designated Representatives for Design and Construction and the Fabricator by the Erector, to enable the responsible entity to either correct the error or approve the most efficient and economical method of correction to be used by others." Particular note shall be paid to the commentary for this section of the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, which reads as follows: "As used in this Section, the term "moderate" refers to the amount of reaming, grinding, welding or cutting that must be done on the project as a whole, not the amount that is required at an in- dividual location. It is not intended to address limitations on the amount of material that is re- moved by reaming at an individual bolt hole, for example, which is limited by the bolt -hole size and tolerance requirements in the AISC and RCSC Specifications." 1.9 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Redesign or Departures from Requirements of the Contract Documents Initiated by Contractor: Obtain written acceptance from the Architect and Architect's consultants. Bear costs for Contractor -initiated or construction error due to changes in type, form, system, or details of construction from those indicated by the contract documents. Costs of review of such changes by Architect and Architect's consultants will be deducted from the Contract Sum by Change Order. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL MATERIALS A. Structural Steel Shapes, Plates, and Bars: Refer to the General Structural Notes. W-Shapes: ASTM A 992/A 992M. Heavy sections shall be supplied with Charpy V-Notch testing in accordance with ASTM A 6, Supplementary Requirement S5. The impact test shall meet a minimum average value of 20 foot-pounds absorbed energy at +70 degrees F and shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM E 23 and ASTM A 673, frequency H, with the following exceptions: a. The center longitudinal axis of the specimens shall be located as near as practical to midway between the inner flange surface and the center of the flange thickness at the intersection with the web mid -thickness. Bid Package #1 - 6 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel b. Tests shall be conducted by the producer on material selected from a location representing the top of each ingot or part of an ingot used to produce the product represented by these tests. For steel produced by the continuous casting process, samples may be taken at random. 3. Channels, Angles[, M] [, S]-Shapes: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: Refer to the General Structural Notes. C. Corrosion -Resisting Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A 847, structural tubing D. Steel Pipe: Refer to the General Structural Notes. E. Welding Electrodes: Comply with AWS requirements. 1. Welding electrodes shall have a minimum tensile strength of 70 ksi using AWS A5 classification test. 2. Welding filler metals, as supplied by the manufacturer, shall meet the requirements for H16 (16 mL diffusible hydrogen per 100 grams deposited weld metal) as tested using the mercury or gas chromatograph method as specified in AWS A4.3, "Standard Methods for Determination of Diffusible Hydrogen Content of Martensitic, Bainitic, and Ferritic Steel Weld Metal Produced by Arc Welding." The manufacturer's Certificate of Conformance shall be considered adequate proof that the supplied electrodes meet this requirement, and no additional testing of filler metal samples or of production welds is required. 3. All low hydrogen electrodes shall be stored, handled, protected from atmospheric exposure and redried, if required, per AWS D1.1, 5.3. 4. FCAW electrodes shall be received in moisture -resistant packages that are undamaged. They shall be protected against contamination and injury during shipment and storage. Electrode packages shall remain effectively sealed against moisture until the electrode is required for use. When removed from the protective packaging and installed on machines, care shall be taken to protect the electrodes and coatings, if present, from deterioration or damage. Modification or lubrication of an electrode after manufacture for any reason is not permitted, except drying shall be permitted when recommended by the manufacturer. 5. For welded joints defined as seismic critical, welding filler metals shall provide the following minimum mechanical property requirements in the designated testing as described below: a. Charpy V-Notch (CVN) Toughness: 20 ft-Ibf at 0 degrees F using AWS A5 classification test methods. b. CVN Toughness: 40 ft-Ibf at 70 degrees F using Specification Section 05120, Section 1.5K. C. Yield Strength: 58 ksi minimum using the AWS A5 classification test. d. Elongation: 22 percent using the AWS A5 classification test. 2.2 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS A. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 325 (ASTM A 325M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon -steel washers. Finish: Plain. 2. Direct -Tension Indicators: ASTM F 959, Type 325 (ASTM F 959M, Type 8.8,) compressible -washer type. Bid Package #1 - 7 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel a. Finish: Plain. B. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A 490 (ASTM A 490M), Type 1, heavy hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon -steel washers, plain. C. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1015 through 1020, headed -stud type, cold -finished carbon steel; AWS D1.1, Type B. D. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade as indicated on structural drawings. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon steel. 2. Plate Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Washers: ASTM F 436 (ASTM F 436M) hardened carbon steel. 4. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C. E. Threaded Rods: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 1. Nuts: ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) heavy hex carbon steel. 2. Washers: ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon steel. 3. Finish: Plain. F. Clevises, Turnbuckles: ASTM A 108, Grade 1035, cold -finished carbon steel. G. Eye Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1030, cold -finished carbon steel. H. Sleeve Nuts: ASTM A 108, Grade 1018, cold -finished carbon steel. 2.3 PRIMER A. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25, Type [I] [II], iron oxide, zinc oxide, raw linseed oil, and alkyd. B. Primer: SSPC-Paint 25 BCS, Type [I] [II], iron oxide, zinc oxide, raw linseed oil, and alkyd. C. Primer: SSPC-Paint 23, latex primer. D. Primer: Fabricator's standard lead- and chromate -free, nonasphaltic, rust -inhibiting primer. 2.4 GROUT A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Structural Steel: Fabricate and assemble in shop to greatest extent possible. Fabricate according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges", with exceptions noted in Part 1 of this Specification Section. 1. Complete structural steel assemblies, including welding of units, before starting shop -priming operations. 2. Camber structural steel members where indicated. 3. Identify high -strength structural steel according to ASTM A 6 (ASTM A 6M) and maintain markings until steel has been erected. Bid Package #1 - 8 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 4. Mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. 5. Fabricate for delivery a sequence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling of structural steel. B. Thermal Cutting: Perform thermal cutting by machine to greatest extent possible. 1. Plane thermally cut edges to be welded to comply with requirements in AWS D1.1. C. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill, or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces. D. Finishing: Accurately finish ends of columns and other members transmitting bearing loads. E. Cleaning: Clean and prepare steel surfaces that are to remain unpainted according to SSPC- SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning." F. Shear Connectors: Prepare steel surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of shear connectors. Use automatic end welding of headed -stud shear connectors according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. G. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for passage of other work through steel framing members. 1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not flame -cut holes or enlarge holes by burning. 2. Base -Plate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. 3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work. H. Re -Entrant Corners: Provide %-inch radius at all re-entrant corners, unless noted otherwise. I. Plane bearing surfaces to true beds. Abutting surfaces shall be closely fitted. All columns and all bearing stiffeners shall be milled to give full bearing. J. Clean contact surfaces in accordance with AISC specifications before assembly. Bring assembled parts into close contact. Use drift pins only for aligning members and shall not be used in a manner which will damage metal or enlarge or distort holes. Members requiring accurate alignment shall be provided with slotted holes and/or washers for truing up the steel as required. All finished members shall be true to line and free from twists, bends, and open joints. K. Properly mark and match -mark materials for field assembly. Fabricate for delivery sequence which will expedite erection and minimize field handling of materials. L. Where finishing is required, complete the assembly, including welding of units, before start of finishing operations. Finish surfaces of members exposed in the final structure shall be free of markings, burrs, and other defects. M. Built-up sections shall be made to warpage and alignment tolerances in conformance with AISC and AWS specifications. Shop splices in elements shall be completed prior to welding elements together. N. Fabrication Tolerances: Unless otherwise noted, fabricate structural members to referenced AISC specifications for allowable tolerances. Do not camber beams in excess of amounts shown on drawings. 1. Straightness: Structural members of a single rolled shape or built-up structural member shall be straight within the tolerances allowed for wide flanged shapes by ASTM A 6. Bid Package #1 - 9 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 2.6 2. Length: With both ends finished for contact bearing, maximum variation of overall length equals 1/32-inch. For members without ends finished for contact bearing, maximum length variation equals 1/16-inch for lengths up to 30 feet and 1/8-inch for members over 30 feet long. DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES A. Fabrication Tolerances: Unless otherwise noted, fabricate structural members to referenced AISC Specifications for allowable tolerances. Do not camber in excess of amounts shown on drawings. Reduced Beam Section Cut The reduced section shall have a maximum depth variation of 1/4-inch. The location of the center of the radius, with respect to the near face of the column, shall have a maximum variation of plus 0-inch, minus 1/4-inch. The surface shall be ground to an American National Standard Institute surface roughness value of 500 inches or smoother. 2.7 SHOP CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Shop install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. Joint Type: As indicated on Contract Drawings. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material. 2.8 SHOP PRIMING A. Shop prime steel surfaces, except the following: 1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches (50 mm). 2. Surfaces to be field welded. 3. Surfaces to be high -strength bolted with slip -critical connections. 4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials. 5. Galvanized surfaces. B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards: SSPC-SP 2 "Hand Tool Cleaning." C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a dry film thickness of not less than 1.5 mils (0.038 mm). Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces. Bid Package #1 - 10 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2. Apply two coats of shop paint to inaccessible surfaces after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first. 2.9 GALVANIZING A. Hot -Dip Galvanized Finish: Apply zinc coating by the hot -dip process to structural steel according to ASTM A 123/A 123M. 1. Fill vent holes and grind smooth after galvanizing. 2. Materials for galvanizing shall be geometrically suitable for galvanizing as specified in ASTM A384 and A385. B. Steel that will be finished by hot dip galvanizing shall have controlled silicon and phosphorus contents. The silicon content shall be in either of the ranges 0 — 0.04% or 0.15% — 0.25%, the phosphorus content shall be below 0.04%. Before galvanizing, submit mill test certificates verifying silicon and phosphorus contents to the Architect and galvanizer. C. Bolts, nuts and washers, and iron and steel hardware components shall be galvanized by the hot -dip process in accordance with ASTM A 153. D. Surface Preparation: Steel shall be free of all visible oil, grease, dirt, dust, mill scale, rust, paint, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter: Clean steel in accordance with Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC) SSPC-SP-6, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." E. Coating Requirements Weight: The weight of the galvanized coating shall conform to Table 2 of ASTM A 123 or Table 1 of ASTM A 153, as appropriate. Surface Finish: The galvanized coating shall be continuous, adherent, as smooth and evenly distributed as possible, and free from any defect that is detrimental to the stated end use of the coated article. Determine the integrity of the coating by visual inspection and coating thickness measurements. Where slip factors are required for slip -critical connections, these shall be obtained after galvanizing by suitable treatment of the faying surfaces in accordance with the latest edition of the Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 bolts as approved by the Research Council on Structural Connections of the Engineering Foundation. 3. Adhesion: The galvanized coating shall be sufficiently adherent to withstand normal handling during transport and erection. F. Touch -Up and Repair Mechanical Damage: Repair areas damaged by welding; flame cutting; or during handling, transport, or erection in accordance with ASTM A 780 by one of the following methods: a. Cold Galvanizing Compound (zinc -rich paint): Per Part 2, "Primer" Article, in accordance with ASTM A 780, Annex A2. 1) Spray- or brush -apply the touch-up paint in multiple coats to a dry film minimum thickness of a 6 mils (4 mils for material less than 1/4-inch thick). Apply a finish coat of aluminum paint to provide a color blend with the surrounding galvanizing. Bid Package #1 - 11 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 2) Verify coating thickness by measurements with a magnetic or electromagnetic gauge. b. Zinc -Based Solder: In accordance with ASTM A 780, Annex Al. 1) Apply the zinc -based solder in a minimum thickness of 4 mils (3 mils for material less than 1/4-inch thick). 2) Verify coating thickness by measurements with a magnetic or electromagnetic gauge. C. Flame -Sprayed Zinc (metalizing): In accordance with ASTM A 780, Annex A3. 1) Apply sprayed zinc coating in a minimum thickness of 4 mils (3 mils for material less than 1/4-inch thick). 2. Wet Storage Stain a. Remove any wet storage stain if formed and discovered prior to leaving the galvanizer's plant unless late pick up or acceptance of delivery has necessitated the material being stored in unfavorable conditions. Remove wet storage stain before installation so that premature failure of the coating will not occur. Remove wet storage stain as follows: 1) Arrange the object so that their surfaces dry rapidly. 2) Remove light deposits by means of a stiff bristle (not wire) brush. Heavier deposits are to be removed by brushing with a 5 percent solution of sodium or potassium dichromate with the addition of 0.1 percent by volume of concentrated sulfuric acid. Apply with a stiff bristle brush, and leave for approximately 30 seconds before thoroughly rinsing and drying. 3) Alternatively, a proprietary product, such as Oakite Highlite or equal, which is intended for this purpose, may be used according to manufacturer's recommendations. 4) Check coating thickness in the affected areas to ensure that the zinc coating remaining after the removal of wet storage stain is sufficient to meet or exceed the requirements of the specification. 2.10 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage an independent testing and inspecting agency to perform shop tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural -steel work is being fabricated or produced to perform tests and inspections. B. Correct deficiencies in Work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the Contract Documents. C. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. D. Bolted Connections: Shop -bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, shop -welded connections will be tested and inspected according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: 1. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. Bid Package #1 - 12 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 2. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. 4. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. In addition to visual inspection, shop -welded shear connectors will be tested and inspected according to requirements in AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: 1. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal either a less -than- continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors if weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements in AWS D1.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify elevations of concrete bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments, with steel erector present, for compliance with requirements. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural steel secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place, unless otherwise indicated. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast -in - place concrete has attained its design compressive strength. 3.3 ERECTION A. Set structural steel accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" with exceptions noted in Part 1 of this Specification Section. B. Base Plates: Clean concrete -bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting base plates. Clean bottom surface of base plates. Set base plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. Weld plate washers to top of base plate. Snug -tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of base plate before packing with grout. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and base plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage -resistant grouts. C. Maintain erection tolerances of structural steel within AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges." Bid Package #1 - 13 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel D. Align and adjust various members forming part of complete frame or structure before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with members. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure is completed and in service. E. Splice members only where indicated. F. Remove erection bolts on welded, architecturally exposed structural steel; fill holes with plug welds; and grind smooth at exposed surfaces. G. Do not use thermal cutting during erection without prior approval from Engineer. H. Reaming: Light drifting will be permitted to draw the parts together, but drifting to match unfair holes will not be permitted. Any enlargement of holes necessary to make connections in the field shall be done by reaming with twist drills, care being taken not to weaken the adjoining metal. If, in the judgment of the Engineer/Architect, the extent of the reaming is such that holes cannot be properly filled or accurately adjusted after reaming, the faulty member shall be discarded and replaced with a new one, and all costs and expenses resulting therefrom shall be paid by the Contractor. I. Cutting and Fitting: No cutting of sections, either flanges, webs, stems or angles shall be done by the Contractor without the consent of the Engineer/Architect, unless this cutting is particularly specified or shown on the drawings. J. Touch -Up Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections and abraded areas of the shop paint. Apply paint to exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. K. Touch -Up and Repair of Galvanizing: Immediately after erection, clean and repair any damaged galvanizing as outlined in previous section regarding galvanizing. L. Corrective Measures 1. Any errors in locations or inaccuracies in the setting of anchor bolts, base plates, bearing plates, or other items of attachment or support for steel work shall be reported to the Engineer/Architect, and shall be corrected in a manner subject to the approval of the Engineer/Architect. 2. Any misfits due to errors in fabrication shall be reported immediately to the Engineer/Architect, along with proposed method of correction of same and Engineer/Architect approval obtained before proceeding with corrective measures. 3. No members shall be cut or burned without specific approval in writing. 4. Bolted or welded connections, joints, or fastenings, which are classified as defective in the opinion of the Engineer/Architect, shall be corrected by the Contractor in a manner subject to the Engineer/Architect's approval. M. Fire retardant blankets shall be employed to completely contain arcs and spatter associated with welding during erection. N. Weld dams shall not be used. O. Guardrails, Handrails and Ladders: All welds and sharp edges shall be ground smooth. Bid Package #1 - 14 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 3.4 FIELD CONNECTIONS A. High -Strength Bolts: Field install high -strength bolts according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts" for type of bolt and type of joint specified. 1. Joint Type: As indicated on the contract drawings. B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1 for welding procedure specifications, tolerances, appearance, and quality of welds and for methods used in correcting welding work. 1. Comply with AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" (with exceptions noted in Part 1 of this Specification Section) for bearing, adequacy of temporary connections, alignment, and removal of paint on surfaces adjacent to field welds. 2. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs, back gouge, and grind steel smooth 3. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding tolerances of AISC's "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" for mill material. 4. Heavy Sections: Complete penetration groove weld in accordance with tension splice requirements of AISC Specification Section J1.5. 5. The following additional requirements apply to seismic critical welds: a. Use electrodes specified for seismic critical welds. b. At beam flange to column welds, remove backing bars, back gouge, clean by grinding, and back weld with reinforcing fillet, unless drawings specifically indicate that backup bar may remain. C. Where backing bars remain, a 5/16-inch fillet weld shall be placed between the remaining fusible backing bar at the beam flange and the column. A reinforcing fillet shall not be placed between the backing bar and the underside of the beam flange. d. Cut-off runoff plates 1/8-inch from edges and grind smooth (not flush). e. All tack welds not incorporated into the final weld shall be removed. f. Provide Procedure Qualification Records (PQRs) for all WPSs. All WPSs for seismic critical welds must be qualified by testing including prequalified procedures in accordance with FEMA 353, Part I, Appendix A. PQR shall include CVN testing as specified in Specification 05120, Part 1, "Submittals" article. The use of copper backing bars are permitted in the WPS and welding under the following restrictions: a. The maximum root opening shall not exceed 7/16-inch. Root openings exceeding 7/16-inch shall use steel or ceramic backing bars. The WPS using copper backing bars shall be qualified by testing, per AWS D1.1, that they meet the following additional requirements: 1) The weld metal of the root pass shall be analyzed for copper content. Copper shall not exceed 0.15 percent. 2) The weld metal of the root shall be tested for Charpy V-notch toughness values per AWS D1.1, Annex 3, except the CVN specimen shall be taken a maximum of 1/16-inch from the bottom of the test plate. The weld metal shall meet or exceed 20 foot/pound at -20 degrees F. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 15 Section 05120 June 2005 Structural Steel 7. Tack welds incorporated into the final weld and weld repairs of seismic critical welds shall be of the same quality as the final welds, including preheat requirements. The filler metals shall be identical, unless qualified by testing and meeting the requirements of Specification 05120, Part 1, "Submittals" article. FCAW electrodes shall be protected from atmospheric exposure as follows: Electrodes not consumed within 24 hours of accumulated exposure outside closed or heated storage shall not be used for seismic critical welds. Electrode spools shall be identified and monitored for total atmospheric exposure time. Electrodes that have been exposed for periods exceeding an accumulated 24 hours may be dried when manufacturer's recommendations show that drying is effective at removing moisture and restoring electrodes to their designated diffusible hydrogen level. Dry as specified by the manufacturer. If the electrode or the electrode spool is damaged by baking, the electrode shall not be used. Each Welder working on the project shall be assigned an identification symbol or mark. Each Welder shall mark or stamp this identification symbol at each weldment completed and inspected by the welder. Stamps, if used, shall be low -stress type. All welds shall be marked or stamped. C. Erection Connections, etc: Place holes, plates, or other attachments required by the Erector so as not to interfere with or cause any other detrimental effect to structural members or their connections. Holes and attachments not shown on the structural drawings are not permitted within 1-foot of seismic critical welds or any portion of reduced beam sections. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field inspections and tests and to prepare test reports in accordance with "Testing and Inspection" Article. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests and state in each report whether tested Work complies with or deviates from requirements. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected Work with specified requirements. D. Bolted Connections: Field -bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." E. Welded Connections: Field welds will be visually inspected according to AWS D1.1. In addition to visual inspection, field welds will be tested according to AWS D1.1 and the following inspection procedures, at testing agency's option: a. Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. b. Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. G. Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94. d. Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. F. In addition to visual inspection, field -welded shear connectors will be inspected and tested according to requirements of AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: Bid Package #1 - 16 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 3.6 1. Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector. 2. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements of AWS D1.1. TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All structural steel work is subject to special inspection. Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform inspections and tests, and to prepare test reports. 1. Special Inspector: Testing Agency shall provide qualified "Special Inspector" who will perform the inspection services. 2. Testing agency will conduct and interpret tests, and state in each report whether test specimens comply with or deviate from requirements. 3. Testing agency will notify the Owner and Engineer/Architect immediately of discrepancies in the work which are time -critical or affect the construction progress. 4. Inspector will: a. Verify material identification. b. Verify bolt tightening. C. Inspect welding. d. Inspect welded headed studs. B. Shop Inspection: When approved by the Building Official, the Owner, and Engineer/Architect, full-time special inspection in the fabrication shop by the Owner's Testing Agency may be waived, subject to the following: 1. The Fabricator participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant. 2. All shop inspection is provided by the Contractor, per the requirements herein, and is documented. Reports and test results are to be available for the Owner's Inspector to review. 3. A specific quality control plan for this project shall be developed and submitted to the Structural Engineer for approval prior to the prefabrication/preerection meeting. 4. Periodic inspection by the Owner's Inspection Agency is allowed by the Fabricator. 5. Certified Plants: Continuous plant inspection is not required at plants producing prefabricated steel products which are certified by the Building Official. C. Contractor Responsibilities Related to Shop and Field Inspections 1. Maintain complete records of all quality control and testing performed by the Contractor. 2. Furnish all electrical power, turning or moving of members, hoisting, staging, and other facilities required for inspection. 3. Provide testing agency with access to places where structural steel work is being fabricated or erected so required inspection and testing can be accomplished. 4. Correct deficiencies in, or remove and replace structural steel that inspections and test reports indicate do not comply with specified requirements. 5. Additional testing, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified requirements. 6. Grant Inspectors full authority to inspect all material and work that fails to conform in every respect to these specifications. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 17 Section 05120 June 2005 Structural Steel 7. When required by Engineer/Architect or Owner's Independent Testing Agency or Contractor's engaged inspection organization, make adequate platforms available to the Inspector for the purpose of checking high -strength bolts and welds. Scaffolding shall be provided to ensure safe performance of this operation. D. Shop and Field Tests and Inspections Bolted connections will be tested and inspected according to RCSC's "Load and Resistance Factor Design Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts." a. Direct tension indicator gaps will be verified to comply with ASTM F 959, Table 2. 2. Welded Connections: In addition to visual inspection, welded connections will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 and the inspection procedures listed below, at testing agency's option, or as required by contract documents. a. Procedures 1) Liquid Penetrant Inspection: ASTM E 165. 2) Magnetic Particle Inspection: ASTM E 709; performed on root pass and on finished weld. Cracks or zones of incomplete fusion or penetration will not be accepted. 3) Radiographic Inspection: ASTM E 94 and ASTM E 142; minimum quality level "2-2T." 4) Ultrasonic Inspection: ASTM E 164. b. Inspector shall: 1) Verify Welding Procedure Specifications (WPSs) sheet has been provided and has been reviewed with each welder performing the weld. Welds not executed in conformance with the WPSs are rejectable. 2) Verify fit -up meets tolerances of WPSs and mark joint prior to welding. 3) Verify welding consumables per WPSs. 4) Verify welding qualification and identifications. 5) Observe preheat and interpass temperatures, and weld pass sequence for conformance with WPSs. 6) Nondestructive test all complete penetration groove welds for conformance with weld quality and standard of acceptance per requirements for testing of welds subject to tensile stress by ultrasonic methods in AWS D1.1. Pass sound through entire weld volume from two crossing directions to the extent feasible. Nondestructive test all complete penetration groove welds of beam flanges to column flanges and column stiffeners and cap plates, and all complete penetration groove welds of column splices and columns to base plates for conformance with weld quality and standard of acceptance per requirements for testing of welds by magnetic particle testing in AWS D.1 in addition to ultrasonic testing methods. 7) All partial penetration, fillet, and other remaining welds shall be visually inspected. 8) Where ultrasonic testing is performed, the entire weld shall be tested. C. Ultrasonically test base metal thicker than 1 '/z inches after welding is completed for discontinuities behind welds in accordance with UBC Section 1703.3. d. For seismic critical welds, inspect removal of backup bars and runoff plates, preparatory grinding, and execution of reinforcing fillet. Bid Package #1 - 18 Section 05120 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Structural Steel 3.7 e. Test column webs for cracking using dye penetrant or magnetic particle test over 3- inch minimum zone above and below continuity (stiffener) plates after welding. All cracks shall be reported to the Engineer, repaired, and retested. No cracks will be permitted in the final construction. When copper backing is utilized in a welded joint the Inspector shall inspect the following: 1) The root opening tolerance of Section 2.5.C.10.a. 2) The root pass shall be visually examined prior to placing the reinforcing fillet. 3) The copper backing bar shall be inspected after welding each joint for excessive melting. Welded Headed Studs: In addition to visual inspection, welded headed stud connectors will be inspected and tested according to requirements of AWS D1.1 for stud welding and as follows: a. Bend tests will be performed when visual inspections reveal either less than a continuous 360-degree flash or many cases requiring welding repairs to any welded headed stud connector. b. Tests will be conducted on additional welded headed stud connectors when weld fracture occurs on shear connectors already tested, according to requirements of AWS D1.1. REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to previous Section regarding galvanizing. B. Touchup Painting: After installation, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime -painted joists and accessories and abutting structural steel. 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand -tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power -tool cleaning. 2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. C. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Division 9 painting Sections. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 19 Section 05120 June 2005 Structural Steel Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 20 June 2005 Section 05120 Structural Steel SECTION 05310 STEEL DECK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Condi- tions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof deck. 2. Composite floor deck. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for concrete fill and reinforcing steel. 2. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel' for shop -welded shear connectors. 3. Division 5 Section "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous steel shapes. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans, deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction. C. Product Certificates: Signed by steel deck manufacturers certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. D. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. E. Product Test Reports: From a qualified testing agency indicating that each of the following com- plies with requirements, based on comprehensive testing of current products: 1. Mechanical fasteners. F. Research/Evaluation Reports: Provide ICBO report for deck used. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed steel deck similar in mate- rial, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 05310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Steel Deck B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM E 329 to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. C. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code -- Steel," and AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." D. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Where indicated, provide steel deck units identical to those steel deck units tested for fire resistance per ASTM E 119 by a testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Indicated by design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from the listings of another testing and inspecting agency. 2. Steel deck units shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. E. AISI Specifications: Calculate structural characteristics of steel deck according to AISI's "Speci- fication for the Design of Cold -Formed Steel Structural Members." 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling. B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the follow- ing: Steel Deck: a. BHP Steel Building Products USA Inc. b. Nucor Corp.; Vulcraft Div. C. United Steel Deck, Inc. d. Verco Manufacturing Co. e. Wheeling Corrugating Co.; Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corp. 2.2 ROOF DECK A. Steel Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top -flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 29, and the follow- ing: 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230), G60 (Z180) zinc coating. 2. Deck Profile: As indicated on drawings. 3. Profile Depth: As indicated on drawings. 4. Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: As indicated on drawings. 5. Span Condition: As indicated. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 05310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Steel Deck Side Laps: Overlapped or interlocking seam at Contractor's option. 2.3 COMPOSITE FLOOR DECK A. Composite Steel Floor Deck: Fabricate panels, with integrally embossed or raised pattern ribs and interlocking side laps, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Composite Steel Floor Deck," in SDI Publication No. 29, the minimum section properties as indicated on the drawings. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33 (230), [G60 (Z180)] zinc coating. Profile Depth: As indicated on drawings. Design Uncoated -Steel Thickness: As indicated on drawings. Span Condition: As indicated. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements indicated. B. Mechanical Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant, low -velocity, power -actuated or pneumatically driven carbon -steel fasteners; or self -drilling, self -threading screws. C. Side -Lap Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant, hexagonal washer head; self -drilling, carbon -steel screws, No. 10 (4.8 mm) minimum diameter. D. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed -cell, synthetic rubber. E. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa), not less than 0.0359-inch (0.91-mm) design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck; of profile indicated or required for application. F. Steel Sheet Accessories: Steel sheet, of same material, finish, and thickness as deck, unless otherwise indicated. G. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi (230 MPa), of same material and finish as deck. H. Column Closures, End Closures, Z-Closures, and Cover Plates: Steel sheet, of same material, finish, and thickness as deck, unless otherwise indicated. I. Weld Washers: Uncoated steel sheet, shaped to fit deck rib, with factory -punched hole of 3/8- inch (9.5-mm) minimum diameter. J. Shear Connectors: ASTM A 108, Grades 1010 through 1020 headed stud type, cold -finished car- bon steel, AWS D1.1, Type B, with arc shields. K. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 05310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Steel Deck PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 29, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels, if required, to meet deflection limitations. C. Locate decking bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members. D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side -lap interlocks. E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection. F. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to decking. G. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, conti- nuity of decking, and support of other work. H. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appear- ance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work. I. Mechanical fasteners may be used in lieu of welding to fasten deck subject to Architect's approval. Locate mechanical fasteners and install according to deck manufacturer's written in- structions. 3.3 ROOF DECK INSTALLATION A. Fasten roof deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter, but not less than 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) long, and as follows: 1. Weld Diameter: '/2" effective diameter. 2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge and interior ribs of deck units with a minimum of two welds per deck unit at each support. Space welds as indicated on drawings. 3. Weld Washers: Install weld washers at each weld location where indicated on drawings. B. Side -Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports, at intervals as indicated on the drawings. C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 2 inches, with end joints as follows: 1. End Joints: Lapped 2 inches (51 mm) minimum. Bid Package #1 - 4 Section 05310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Steel Deck D. Roof Sump Pans and Sump Plates: Install over openings provided in roof decking and weld flanges to top of deck. Space welds not more than 12 inches (305 mm) apart with at least 1 weld at each corner. E. Miscellaneous Roof Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, cover plates, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. 3.4 FLOOR DECK INSTALLATION A. Fasten floor deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated and as follows: 1. Weld Diameter: '/2' diameter effective. 2. Weld Spacing: Space and locate welds as indicated. 3. Weld Washers: Install weld washers at each weld location where indicated in drawings. B. Side -Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports, at as indicated in drawings. C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 2 inches, with end joints as follows: End Joints: Lapped or butted at Contractor's option. D. Shear Connectors: Weld shear connectors through deck to supporting frame according to AWS D1.1 and manufacturer's written instructions. Butt end joints of deck panels; do not over- lap. Remove and discard arc shields after welding shear connectors. E. Pour Stops and Girder Fillers: Weld steel sheet pour stops and girder fillers to supporting struc- ture according to SDI recommendations, unless otherwise indicated. F. Floor Deck Closures: Weld steel sheet column closures, cell closures, and Z-closures to deck, according to SDI recommendations, to provide tight -fitting closures at open ends of ribs and sides of decking. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of floor deck panels, unless other- wise indicated. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing agency to perform field quality -con- trol testing. B. Field welds will be subject to inspection. C. Shear connector stud welds will be inspected and tested according to AWS D1.1 for stud weld- ing and as follows: 1. Shear connector stud welds will be visually inspected. 2. Bend tests will be performed if visual inspections reveal less than a full 360-degree flash or welding repairs to any shear connector stud. 3. Tests will be conducted on additional shear connector studs if weld fracture occurs on shear connector studs already tested according to AWS D1.1. D. Testing agency will report test results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect. E. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements. Bid Package #1 - 5 Section 05310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Steel Deck F. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine com- pliance of corrected work with specified requirements. 3.6 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instruc- tions. END OF SECTION 05310 Bid Package #1 - 6 Section 05310 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Steel Deck SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Steel ladders. 2. Ladder safety cages. 3. Steel ship's ladders. 4. Loose bearing and leveling plates. 5. Shelf angles. 6. Support angles for elevator door sills. 7. Elevator machine beams. 8. Steel framing and supports for overhead doors. 9. Steel framing and supports for operable partitions. 10. Steel pipe columns for supporting wood frame construction. 11. Steel framing and supports for countertops. 12. Steel framing and supports for mechanical and electrical equipment. 13. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections. 14. Metal angle corner guards. 15. Metal edgings. 16. Miscellaneous metal trim. 17. Cast thresholds. 18. Cast nosings and treads. 19. Extruded nosings and treads. 20. Pipe bollards. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 5 Section "Structural Steel" for structural -steel framing system components. 2. Division 5 Section "Metal Stairs" for metal -framed stairs with metal pan, metal plate, or grating treads. 3. Division 5 Section "Gratings" for metal gratings. 4. Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railings" for metal pipe and tube handrails and railings. 5. Division 5 Section "Ornamental Metal" for ornamental metal items fabricated from custom components. 6. Division 5 Section "Ornamental Handrails and Railings" for ornamental metal handrails and railings fabricated from stock components. 7. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for metal framing anchors and other rough hardware. 8. Division 14 Section "Electric Traction Elevators" for elevator pit ladders. 9. Division 14 Section "Hydraulic Elevators" for elevator pit ladders. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: Nonslip aggregates and nonslip -aggregate surface finishes. Bid Package #1 - 1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 2. Cast nosings and treads. 3. Extruded nosings and treads. 4. Paint products. 5. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Detail fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. C. Samples for Verification: For each type and finish of extruded nosing and tread D. Mill Certificates: Signed by manufacturers of stainless -steel sheet certifying that products furnished comply with requirements. E. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates for welding procedures and personnel. F. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Welding: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code --Steel." AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code --Aluminum." AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code --Sheet Steel." Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Where metal fabrications are indicated to fit walls and other construction, verify dimensions by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Established Dimensions: Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, establish dimensions and proceed with fabricating metal fabrications without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal fabrications. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS, GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. 2.2 FERROUS METALS A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. B. Stainless -Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A 666, Type 304. C. Stainless -Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304. D. Steel Tubing: Cold -formed steel tubing complying with ASTM A 500. E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (Schedule 40), unless another weight is indicated or required by structural loads. F. Malleable -Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, Grade 32510 (ASTM A 47M, Grade 22010). G. Gray -Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30 (ASTM A 48M, Class 200), unless another class is indicated or required by structural loads. H. Cast -in -Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A 153/A 153M. I. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded. 2.3 ALUMINUM A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221 M), alloy 6063-T6. B. Aluminum -Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632/13 632M, alloy 6061-T6. 2.4 PAINT A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 9 Section "Painting." B. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements in FS TT-P-664; selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion, compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and capability to provide a sound foundation for field -applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications 2.5 C. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Organic zinc -rich primer, complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with topcoat. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Carboline 621; Carboline Company. b. Aquapon Zinc -Rich Primer 97-670; PPG Industries, Inc. C. Tneme-Zinc 90-97; Tnemec Company, Inc. D. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High -zinc -dust -content paint for regalvanizing welds in steel, complying with SSPC-Paint 20. E. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt mastic complying with SSPC-Paint 12, except containing no asbestos fibers, or cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. FASTENERS A. General: Provide Type 304 or 316 stainless -steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc -plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5, where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required. B.. : Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M, Property Class 4.6); with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M); and, where indicated, flat washers. C. Anchor Rods: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, unless noted otherwise. D. Machine Screws: ASME 1318.6.3 (ASME B18.6.7M). E. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1 (ASME B18.2.3.8M). F. Wood Screws: Flat head, carbon steel, ASME B18.6.1. G. Plain Washers: Round, carbon steel, ASME B18.22.1 (ASME B18.22M). H. Lock Washers: Helical, spring type, carbon steel, ASME B18.21.1 (ASME B18.21.2M). Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Material: Carbon -steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. 2. Material: Alloy Group 1 or 2 stainless -steel bolts complying with ASTM F 593 (ASTM F 738M) and nuts complying with ASTM F 594 (ASTM F 836M). J. Toggle Bolts: FS FF-B-588, tumble -wing type, class and style as needed. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 4 June 2005 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 2.6 GROUT A. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. 2.7 CONCRETE FILL A. Concrete Materials and Properties: Complywith requirements in Division 3 Section "Cast -in -Place Concrete" for normal -weight, air -entrained, ready -mix concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), unless otherwise indicated. 2.8 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. B. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. C. Ease exposed edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. D. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. E. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. G. Fabricatejoints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. H. Allow for thermal movement resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening up of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces. I. Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Bid Package #1 - 5 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications J. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. K. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Use exposed fasteners of type indicated or, if not indicated, Phillips flat -head (countersunk) screws or bolts. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 2.9 STEEL LADDERS A. General: Fabricate ladders for locations shown, with dimensions, spacings, details, and anchorages as indicated. 1. Comply with ANSI Al4.3, unless otherwise indicated. 2. For elevator pit ladders, comply with ASME Al7.1. B. Siderails: Continuous, 1/2-by-2-1/2-inch (1 2-by-64-m m) steel flat bars, with eased edges, spaced 18 inches (457 mm) apart. C. Siderails: Continuous, 3/8-by-2-1/2-inch (10-by-64-mm) steel flat bars, with eased edges, spaced 16 inches (406 mm) apart. D. Bar Rungs: 3/4-inch- (19-mm-) diameter steel bars, spaced 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. E. Bar Rungs: 314-inch- (19-mm-) square steel bars, spaced 12 inches (300 mm) o.c. F. Fit rungs in centerline of side rails; plug -weld and grind smooth on outer rail faces. G. Support each ladder at top and bottom and not more than 60 inches (1500 mm) o.c. with welded or bolted steel brackets. Size brackets to support design loads specified in ANSI A14.3. H. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung, either by coating rung with aluminum -oxide granules set in epoxy -resin adhesive or by using a type of manufactured rung filled with aluminum -oxide grout. I. Provide nonslip surfaces on top of each rung by coating with abrasive material metallically bonded to rung by a proprietary process. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Mebac; IKG Borden. b. SLIP -NOT; W. S. Molnar Company. J. Galvanize ladders, including brackets and fasteners, in the following locations: 1. Exterior. 2. Interior, where indicated. 2.10 LADDER SAFETY CAGES A. General: Fabricate ladder safety cages to comply with ANSI A14.3. Assemble by welding or riveting. Bid Package #1 - 6 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications B. PrimaryHoops: 5/16-by-4-inch (8-by-100-mm) steel flat bar hoops. Provide at tops and bottoms of cages and spaced not more than 20 feet (6 m) o.c. C. Secondary Intermediate Hoops: 5/16-by-2-inch (8-by-50-mm) steel flat bar hoops, spaced not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. between primary hoops. D. Vertical Bars: 5/16-by-2-inch (8-by-50-mm) steel flat bars secured to each hoop, spaced approximately 9 inches (230 mm) o.c. E. Fasten assembled safety cage to ladder rails and adjacent construction by welding or riveting, unless otherwise indicated. F. Galvanize ladder safety cages, including fasteners, in the following locations: 1. Exterior. 2. Interior, where indicated. 2.11 STEEL SHIP'S LADDERS A. Provide ship's ladders where indicated. Fabricate of open -type construction with structural -steel channel or steel plate stringers, steel pipe handrails, and steel bar grating treads, unless otherwise indicated. Provide brackets and fittings for installation. Comply with applicable requirements in Division 5 Section "Pipe and Tube Railings" for steel pipe railings. B. Galvanize ship's ladders, including brackets and fasteners, in the following locations: 1. Exterior. 2. Interior, where indicated. 2.12 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. B. Galvanize plates after fabrication. 2.13 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Fabricate loose structural -steel lintels from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. B. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated. C. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to one -twelfth of clear span, but not less than 8 inches (200 mm), unless otherwise indicated. D. Galvanize loose steel lintels located in exterior walls. Bid Package #1 - 7 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications 2.14 SHELF ANGLES A. Fabricate shelf angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide horizontally slotted holes to receive 3/4-inch (19-mm) bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from ends and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. B. For cavity walls, provide vertical channel brackets to support angles from backup masonry and concrete. Align expansion joints in angles with indicated control and expansion joints in cavity -wall exterior wythe. C. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed in exterior walls. D. Furnish wedge -type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast -in -place concrete. 2.15 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports indicated and as necessary to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction retained by framing and supports. Cut, drill, and tap units to receive hardware, hangers, and similar items. 1. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors 1-1/4 inches (32 mm) wide by 1/4 inch (6 mm) thick by 8 inches (200 mm) long at 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2. Furnish inserts if units must be installed after concrete is placed. C. Fabricate supports for operable partitions as follows: 1. Beams: Continuous steel shapes of sizes indicated with attached bearing plates, anchors, and braces as indicated. Drill bottom flanges of beams to receive partition track hanger rods; locate holes where indicated on operable partition Shop Drawings. D. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports where indicated. 2.16 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate units from structural -steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. Provide anchors, welded to trim, for embedding in concrete or masonry construction, spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from each end, 6 inches (150 mm) from corners, and 24 inches (600 mm) o.c., unless otherwise indicated. C. Galvanize miscellaneous steel trim in the following locations: 1. Exterior. 2. Interior, where indicated. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho H. June 2005 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 2.17 CAST NOSINGS, TREADS, AND THRESHOLDS A. Fabricate units of metal indicated below in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions. Provide units with an integral abrasive finish consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both. 1. Metal: Cast gray iron, Class 20. 2. Metal: Cast aluminum. 3. Metal: Cast bronze (leaded red or semi -red brass). 4. Metal: Cast nickel silver (leaded nickel bronze). B. Configurations: Provide units in the following configurations, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Nosings: Cross -hatched units, 4 inches (100 mm) wide with 1/4-inch (6-mm) lip, for casting into concrete steps. 2. Nosings: Cross -hatched units, 4 inches (100 mm) wide with 1-inch (25-mm) lip, for casting into concrete steps. 3. Nosings: Cross -hatched units, 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches (38 by38 mm), forcasting into concrete curbs. 4. Treads: Cross -hatched units, full depth of tread with 3/4-by-3/4-inch (1 9-by-1 9-mm) nosing, for application over bent plate treads or existing stairs. 5. Thresholds: Fluted -saddle -type units, 5 inches (125 mm) wide by''/z inch (12 mm) high, with tapered edges. 6. Thresholds: Fluted -interlocking- (hook -strip) type units, 5 inches (125 mm) wide by 5/8 inch (16 mm) high, with tapered edge. 7. Thresholds: Plain -stepped (stop) type, 5 inches (125 mm) wide by'/z inch (12 mm) high, with 1/2-inch (12-mm) step. C. Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with manufacturer. D. Drill for mechanical anchors and countersink. Locate not more than 4 inches (100 mm) from ends and not more than 12 inches (300 mm) o.c., evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise indicated. Provide closer spacing if recommended by manufacturer. Provide two rows of holes for units more than 5 inches (125 mm) wide, with two holes aligned at ends and intermediate holes staggered. E. Apply bituminous paint to concealed bottoms, sides, and edges of units set into concrete. F. Provide a plain surface texture, unless fluted or cross -hatched surfaces are indicated. G. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: H. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Safety Tread Co., Inc. 2. Amstep Products. 3. Armstrong Products, Inc. 4. Balco/Metalines, Inc. 5. Granite State Casting Co. 6. Safe-T-Metal Co. 7. Wooster Products Inc. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho M June 2005 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 2.18 EXTRUDED NOSINGS AND TREADS A. Fabricate units in sizes and configurations indicated and in lengths necessary to accurately fit openings or conditions. Provide extruded -aluminum units with abrasive filler consisting of aluminum oxide, silicon carbide, or a combination of both, in an epoxy -resin binder. 1. Provide ribbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) above aluminum extrusion. 2. Provide solid -abrasive -type units without ribs. B. Configurations: Provide units in the following configurations, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Nosings: Units, 3 inches (75 mm) wide, for casting into concrete steps. 2. Nosings: Units, 3 inches (75 mm) wide with 1-3/8-inch (35-mm) lip, for surface mounting on existing stairs. 3. Nosings: Two-piece units, 3 inches (75 mm) wide, with subchannel for casting into concrete steps. 4. Treads: Square -back units, full depth of tread with 1-3/8-inch (35-mm) lip, for application over existing stairs. 5. Treads: Beveled -back units, full depth of tread with 1-3/8-inch (35-mm) lip, for application over existing stairs. C. Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with manufacturer. D. Drill for mechanical anchors and countersink. Locate not more than 4 inches (100 mm) from ends and not more than 12 inches (300 mm) o.c., evenly spaced between ends, unless otherwise indicated. Provide closer spacing if recommended by manufacturer. 1. Provide two rows of holes for units more than 5 inches (125 mm) wide, with two holes aligned at ends and intermediate holes staggered. E. Apply clear lacquer to concealed bottoms, sides, and edges of units set into concrete. F. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: G. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. American Safety Tread Co., Inc. 2. Amstep Products. 3. Armstrong Products, Inc. 4. Balco/Metalines, Inc. 5. Granite State Casting Co. 6. Safe-T-Metal Co. 7. Wooster Products Inc. 2.19 PIPE BOLLARDS A. Fabricate pipe bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. Cap bollards with 1/4-inch- (6-mm-) minimum steel plate. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 10 June 2005 Section 05500 Metal Fabrications B. Fabricate bollards with 3/8-inch- (10-mm-) thick steel baseplates for bolting to concrete slab. Drill baseplates at all four corners for 3/4-inch (19-mm) anchor bolts. Where bollards are to be anchored to sloping concrete slabs, angle baseplates for plumb alignment of bollards. C. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe with 1/4-inch (6-mm) thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve. D. Fabricate internal sleeves for removable bollards from Schedule 40 steel pipe or 1/4-inch (6-mm) wall -thickness steel tubing with an OD 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) less than ID of bollards. Match drill sleeve and bollard for 1/2-inch (12-mm) steel machine bolt. 2.20 FINISHES, GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.21 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with applicable standard listed below: 1. ASTM A 123, for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M, for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous -metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicated below for SSPC surface -preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: 1. Exteriors (SSPC Zone 1 B): SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning." 2. Interiors (SSPC Zone 1A): SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." C. Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes and those to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for shop painting. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 2.22 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines or blend into finish. B. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish indicated, free of cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece. C. Bright, Directional Polish: No. 4 finish. D. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. Bid Package #1 - 11 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications 2.23 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish designations prefixed by AAcomplywith the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes. B. As -Fabricated Finish: AA-M10 (Mechanical Finish: as fabricated, unspecified). C. Class I, Clear Anodic Finish: AA-M12C22A41 (Mechanical Finish: nonspecular as fabricated; Chemical Finish: etched, medium matte; Anodic Coating: Architectural Class I, clear coating 0.018 mm or thicker) complying with AAMA 607.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessaryfor securing metal fabrications to in -place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through -bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. C. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. D. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. E. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface. F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 3.2 SETTING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges, shims, or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed, tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. Bid Package #1 - 12 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications Use nonshrink grout, either metallic or nonmetallic, in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. 3.3 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings, if any. B. Anchor supports for operable partitions securely to and rigidly brace from building structure. C. Support steel girders on solid grouted masonry, concrete, or steel pipe columns. Secure girders with anchor bolts embedded in grouted masonry or concrete or with bolts through top plates of pipe columns. Where grout space under bearing plates is indicated at girders supported on concrete or masonry, install as specified above for setting and grouting bearing and leveling plates. D. Install pipe columns on concrete footings with grouted baseplates. Position and grout column baseplates as specified above for setting and grouting bearing and leveling plates. Do not grout baseplates of columns supporting steel girders until girders are installed and leveled. 3.4 INSTALLING NOSINGS, TREADS, AND THRESHOLDS A. Install with anchorage system indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Center nosings on tread widths. C. For nosings embedded in concrete steps or curbs, align nosings flush with riser faces and level with tread surfaces. D. Seal thresholds exposed to exterior with elastomeric sealant complying with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" to provide a watertight installation. 3.5 INSTALLING PIPE BOLLARDS A. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset and anchored into concrete. After bollards have been inserted into sleeves, fill annular space between bollard and sleeve solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) toward bollard. B. Anchor bollards in concrete in formed or core -drilled holes not less than 8 inches (200 mm) deep and 3/4 inch (19 mm) greater than OD of bollard. After bollards have been inserted into holes, fill annular space surrounding bollard solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to complywith grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1 /8 inch (3 mm) toward bollard. C. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace bollards in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. Bid Package #1 - 13 Section 05500 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Metal Fabrications D. Anchor bollards to existing construction with postinstalled anchors and bolts. Provide four 3/4-inch (19-mm) anchors at each bollard, unless otherwise indicated. Embed anchors at least 4 inches (100 mm) in existing concrete. E. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in concrete by inserting into pipe sleeves preset into concrete. After internal sleeves have been inserted, fill annular space between sleeves solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) toward internal sleeve. F. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in formed or core -drilled holes not less than 8 inches (200 mm) deep and 3/4 inch (19 mm) greater than OD of sleeve. After sleeves have been inserted into holes, fill annular space surrounding sleeves solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and placed to comply with grout manufacturer's written instructions. Slope grout up approximately 1/8 inch (3 mm) toward sleeve. G. Anchor internal sleeves for removable bollards in place with concrete footings. Support and brace sleeves in position in footing excavations until concrete has been placed and cured. 1. Place removable bollards over internal sleeves and secure with 1/2-inch (12-mm) machine bolts and nuts. After tightening nuts, drill holes in bolts for inserting padlocks. Owner will furnish padlocks. H. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface. 1. Do not fill removable bollards with concrete. 3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 14 Section 05500 June 2005 Metal Fabrications DIVISION 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07100 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING 07135 SHEET WATERPROOFING AND DRAINAGE 07200 THERMAL PROTECTION 07213 RIGID INSULATION 07261 UNDERSLAB VAPOR BARRIER END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Division 07 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Division 07 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents SECTION 07135 SHEET WATERPROOFING AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Preparation of concrete surfaces and installation of sheet membrane waterproofing as described in Contract Documents, B. Related Sections 1. Section 02630 - Storm Drainage System 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM D 412 Tests for Rubber Properties in Tension B. ASTM E 154 Puncture Resistance C. ASTM E 96 (B) Water Vapor Transmission of Materials D. ASTM D 1970 Self -Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials E. ASTM D 882 Test Method for Tensile Properties F. ASTM D 3767 Practice for Rubber — Measurement of Dimensions G. ASTM D 751 Test Method for Coated Fabrics H. ASTM D 570 Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics I. UL 790 Tests for Fire Resistance of Roof Covering Materials 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data - Manufacturer's product literature. B. Quality Assurance / Control 1. Certification indicating Manufacturer's acceptance of installer as an approved applicator for specified materials. 2. Manufacturer's written installation instructions 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre -Installation Conference - Schedule conference after preparation of substrate but before beginning installation of system. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide Manufacturer's extended 10 year warranty. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to project site in original, factory -sealed, unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name and label intact and legible with following information. 1. Name of material. 2. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. 3. Material safety data sheet. B. Store materials in protected and well ventilated area. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 1 07135 June 2005 Sheet Waterproofing And Drainage 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not apply membrane when surface temperature is below or inclement weather conditions conflict with manufacturer's published requirements. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Self -Adhesive Sheet Membrane Waterproofing 1. CCW MiraDRI 860/861 consisting of a 56 mil rubberized asphalt membrane laminated to 4 mil cross -laminated polyethylene film, and meeting following requirements - a. Tensile Strength - 325 psi minimum, ASTM D 412 b. Ultimate Elongation - 350 percent minimum, ASTM D 412 c. Puncture Resistance - 60 Ibs minimum, ASTM E 154 d. Permeance - 0.05 Perm maximum, ASTM E 96 (B) e. Low Temperature Flexibility - Unaffected at minus 45 deg F, ASTM D 1970, one inch mandrel f. Tensile to Film - 5000 psi, ASTM D 882 g. Thickness - 60 mils, ASTM D 3767 h. Hydrostatic Head - 230 ft, ASTM D 751 i. Water Absorption - 0.1 percent by weight, ASTM D 570 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Surface Primer - CCW-702 Solvent -based Primer, CCW AWP Water -Based Primer, or CCW-714 Water -Based Primer. B. Mastic - CCW-704 Mastic. C. Sealants - CCW-703 Vertical Grade Liquiseal® Membrane, PT-304 one component, CCW-201 two component Polyurethane Sealant, or CCW LM-800XL D. Backing Rod - Closed -cell polyethylene foam rod. E. Protection Course - CCW Protection Board-V or CCW 200V for vertical surfaces. F. Drainage Composite - CCW MiraDRAIN® as recommended by the manufacturer for each condition. G. Perimeter Drainage System - CCW QuickDRAIN TM. 2.3 MANUFACTURER A. Carlisle Coatings and Waterproofing Incorporated, Wylie, Texas (800) 527-7092 www.carlisle-ccw.com PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Before beginning work of this Section, examine surfaces to receive system for deficiencies. Notify Architect in writing of deficiencies. Do not begin work of this Section until deficiencies are corrected. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Clean concrete surface of surface contaminates and cleaning residue that may harmfully affect adhesion of membrane. Let concrete surface dry. Bid Package #1 - 2 07135 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Sheet Waterproofing And Drainage B. Install 3/4 inch face, 45 degree cant of appropriate sealant at angle changes and inside corners, including penetrations through deck, walls, curbs, etc. C. Rout out cracks over 1/16 inch in width and moving cracks under 1/16 inch in width to 1/4 inch minimum in width and depth and fill flush with appropriate sealant. D. Clean and prime expansion joints less than one inch wide, fit with backing rod, and calk with appropriate sealant. For larger joints, contact Manufacturer's representative. E. Allow sealant to cure overnight minimum. F. Stir Primer. Apply thin film of primer 10 inches wide, centered over sealed cracks and joints, hairline cracks, and cold joints. Apply primer 8 inches on each side of corners. Prime concrete around drain flanges. Allow primer to dry in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. G. Install 8 inch wide strip of membrane centered over joints and cracks. Install 12 inch wide strip of membrane centered over axis of corners. H. Terminate membrane around drains in accordance with Manufacturer's details. Terminate membrane under clamping ring. Seal edges with mastic. Do not interfere with weep holes. 3.3 APPLICATION A. For application temperatures between 25 and 65 deg F, use CCW-861 Sheet Membrane and CCW-702 primer. For application temperatures above 40 deg F, use CCW MiraDRI 860 sheet membrane and CCW-702, CCW-714, or CCW-AWP primer. B. Priming 1. Clean surfaces to remove residual dust before priming. 2. Stir primer. Apply by spray or roller at a rate recommended by Manufacturer. 3. Allow to dry in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendation. C. Horizontal surfaces 1. Install sheet membrane from low to high point, so laps will shed water. Overlap edge seams 2-1/2 inches and end laps 5 inches. Stagger end seams. 2. Roll in place with 18 to 24 inch wide, 100 lb minimum, resilient roller. Ensure that laps are firmly adhered and that there are no gaps or fishmouths. D. Vertical Surfaces 1. Apply in lengths of 8 feet or less. Overlap edge seams 2-1/2 inches. On walls over 8 feet high, apply in 8 foot sections, starting at lowest point with higher section overlapping lower section 5 inches. 2. Roll in place using firm pressure with hand roller. E.. Terminations - Roll terminating edges firmly. Apply mastic to terminations and 'T' joints. Apply mastic or Liquiseal to laps at angle changes, extending 9 inches in each direction. F. Flood Test 1. After sheet membrane has been in place at least 24 hours, plug drains and provide barriers necessary to contain flood water. Consult with structural engineer for deck loading limits before conducting water test. 2. Flood surface with 2 inch head of water for 24 hours. Inspect for leaks and repair membrane if leaks are found. Retest after making repairs. G. Protection Course 1. Vertical Application - Install perimeter drainage system as first course of drainage composite immediately after membrane has been installed on vertical surfaces. Install drainage composite and appropriate protection board on remainder. Stop drainage composite 6 inches below final grade level. Bid Package #1 - 3 07135 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Sheet Waterproofing And Drainage 2. Horizontal Application - Install drainage composite or protection board immediately after flood testing on horizontal surfaces. If flood testing is delayed, install temporary covering to protect membrane from damage. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 4 07135 June 2005 Sheet Waterproofing And Drainage SECTION 07213 RIGID INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install on exterior side of perimeter foundation walls and under floor slabs as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 09110 - Metal exterior wall framing 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM C 578-00, 'Standard Specification for Rigid, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation' 2. ASTM C 1289-01, 'Standard Specification for Faced Rigid Cellular Polyisocyanurate Thermal Insulation Board' PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Type 1 Insulation - Below Grade 1. Meet requirements of ASTM C 578, Type IV. 2. Acceptable Products - a. Amofoam CM by Pactiv Building Products, Atlanta, GA (800) 241-4402 www.pactivbuildingproducts.com b. Foamular 250 by Owens Corning, Toledo, OH (800) 828-7155 or (973) 267-1605 www.owens-corning.com c. Styrofoam SM by Dow Chemical, Midland, MI (800) 441-4369 or (517) 832-1461 www.dow.com d. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01600. B. Adhesive For Type 1 Insulation 1. Acceptable Products - a. QB-300 by Ohio Sealants, Mentor, OH (800) 321-3578 or (440) 255-8900 www.osisealants.com b. Multibond Finish Construction & Repair Adhesive by Franklin International, Columbus, OH (800) 877-4583 or (614) 443-0241 www.franklini.com c. Maxbond by H. B. Fuller Co, Minneapolis, MN (612) 782-1755 www.hbfuller.com d. Equal as approved by Architect before use. See Section 01600. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Insulation shall be manufactured to be in compliance with UBC or other applicable building codes. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 07213 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Rigid Insulation PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General - Install insulation in compliance with UBC or other applicable building codes. B. Type 1 Insulation 1. Remove ties and concrete protrusions that would keep insulation from fully contacting concrete face. 2. Install against exterior side of perimeter foundation walls extending downward from top of foundation48 inches or to top of footing, whichever is less. Install using 318 inch beads of specified adhesive at 12 inches on center vertically and at each vertical and horizontal joint to completely seal insulation. 1. Install horizontally for 48 inches under building slab continuously around building perimeter exposed at grade level and between slab and foundation wall for full depth of slab. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 2 Section 07213 June 2005 Rigid Insulation SECTION 07261 UNDER -SLAB VAPOR RETARDER PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section 1. Vapor retarder, seam tape, and penetration accessories for installation under interior slabs -on - grade. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02316 - Installation 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials 1. ASTM E 1745-97, 'Standard Specification for Plastic Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill under Concrete Slabs' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Control / Assurance 1. Independent laboratory test results showing compliance with ASTM Standard. 2. Manufacturer's installation, seaming, and penetration boot instructions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Vapor Retarder 1. Conform to requirements of ASTM E 1745, Class A minimum. 2. Approved Products - a. VB Series by Barrier-Bac Inc, Calhoun, GA (877) 237-2841 or (706) 629-4425 www.barrierbac.com b. Moistop Ultra 'A' by Fortifiber, Reno, NV (800) 773-4777 or (775) 333-6400 www.fortifiber.com c. T-65G or Griffolyn 10 or 15 mil by Reef Industries, Houston, TX (800) 231-6074 or (713) 507- 4200 www.reefindustries.com d. VaporBlock 10 or 15 by Raven Industries, Sioux Falls, SD (800) 635-3456 or (605) 335-0174 www.ravenind.com e. Stego Wrap by Stego Industries, San Juan Capistrano, CA (877) 464-7834 or (949) 943-5460 www.stegoindustries.com f. Vapor -Mat 10 mil by W R Meadows, Hampshire, IL (847) 214-2100 www.wrmeadows.com 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Seam Tape - As recommended by Membrane Manufacturer for continuous taping of seams and sealing of penetration boots. B. Penetration Boots at Utility Penetrations 1. Moistop And Reef Industries - Factory fabricated pipeboots 2. All Others - Field fabricated from same material as vapor retarder membrane. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 07261 Under -Slab Vapor Retarder PART 3 EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION Bid Package #1 - 2 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 07261 Under -Slab Vapor Retarder DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION 13900 FIRE SUPPRESSION 13930 WET -PIPE FIRE SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Division 13 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Division 13 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents SECTION 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install lightning protection system for steeple / tower as described in Contract Documents. 2. Work of this Section under this bid package is limited to underground grounding and concrete embedments pursuant to completion of work in a subsequent Bid Package. B. Related Sections 1. Section 16051 - General Electrical Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A, National Fire Protection Association I. NFPA 780 - 2000, 'Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection Systems' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Submit following information - a. Catalog Sheets. b. Assembly details or dimension drawings. c. Installation instructions. d. Manufacturer's name and catalog number e. Name of local supplier. B. Shop Drawings - Show layout of system on building, installation details, and items to be used in system. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements - Comply with latest edition of NFPA 780 and other local governing codes. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Lightning protection equipment provided under this Section shall be from same manufacturer. B. Quality Standards 1. Smooth weave copper cables, minimum 32 strands of 17 gauge - IPC No. 32S 2. Bronze ground clamps for 3/4 inch rod - IPC No. 28U 3. 3/4 inch by 10 foot ground rods, copperweld - IPC No. 579 4. Bonding Plate - a. Bi-Metallic for connection to aluminum steeple / tower elements - IPC No. A183 b. Bronze for connection to steel steeple / tower elements - IPC No. 238C 5. Pressure Cable Clamp - IPC No. 297A 6. Copper Cable Fastener - IPC No. 121A 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Erico Inc, Solon, OH (800) 252-2339 or (440) 248-0100 www.erico.com B. Harger Lightning And Grounding, Grayslake, IL (800) 842-7437 or (847) 548-8700 www.harger.com Bid Package #1 - 1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Section 13100 Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Lightning Protection C. Independent Protection Company ([PC), Goshen, IN (800) 860-8388 or (219) 533-4116 www.ipcip.com D. Robbins Lightning Protection Company, Maryville, MO (800) 426-3792 or (660) 582-3156 www.robbins- lightning.com E. Thompson Lightning Protection, St Paul, MN (800) 777-1230 or (651) 455-7661 www.tlpinc.com F. VFC Inc, Woods Cross, UT (801) 292-2956 G. Equal as approved by Architect before bidding. See Section 01600. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work - Coordinate with steeple / tower fabricator. B. Ground Rods 1. Drive two ground rods on opposite sides of building at least 3 feet away from building or any part of building. Drive each rod until top is a minimum of one foot below finish grade. 2. Connect cable to ground rods with ground clamps. 3. Over each ground rod, install PVC inspection / access well with cover flush with finish grade. C. Cable 1. Install lightning cable with continuous horizontal or downward course, free from down and up pockets. 2. Radius of bends shall not be less than 8 inches and never tighter than 90 degree angle. 3. Install cable supports every 36 inches along run through building using specified cable fasteners. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 2 Section 13100 June 2005 Lightning Protection SECTION 13930 WET -PIPE FIRE -SUPPRESSION SPRINKLERS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Design, furnish, install, fire riser with cap from 5 feet beyond building to interior fire riser location as described in Contract Documents. 2. Remainder of specification is for REFERENCE ONLY. Final requirements for fire suppression system will be part of a subsequent Bid Package and may vary from specification included herein.. B. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section 1. Inserts for attaching hangers in concrete floor construction C. Related Sections 1. Division 02 - Site Fire Protection 2. Section 03313 - Installation of inserts 3. Section 07840 - Quality of Firestopping 4. Section 13810 - Alarm And Detection System including connection of tamper switches, flow switches, and pressure flow detector to alarm system. 5. Section 13975 - Standpipe and Hoses. 6. Section 13976 - Exterior Fireman Connection 7. Section 15051 - General Mechanical Requirements 8. Section 15071 - Seismic and Vibration Control 9. Section 15101 - General Piping Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute / American Society of Mechanical Engineers 1. ANSI / ASME 131.20.1-1983, 'Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch)' 2. ANSI / ASME 1316.5-1988, 'Pipe Flanges amd Flanged Fittings' B. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 105-98, 'Standard Specification for Steel Forgings for Piping Applications' C. American Welding Society 1. AWS D10.9 D. National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA 13 - , ' Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems' 2. NFPA 14 - 1996, 'Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems' 3. NFPA 24 - 2002, 'Standard for Service Mains and Their Appurtenances, Private' 4. NFPA 25 - 1995, 'Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water -Based Fire Protection Systems' 5. NFPA 72 - 1997, 'National Fire Alarm Code' 3. NFPA 101 - 2000, 'Life Safety Code' E. Underwriter's Laboratories 1. UL Directory, 'Fire Protection Equipment Directory, January 1990' 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Definitions contained in NFPA-13,1-4 pertain to this section. B. Pipe sizes are nominal pipe sizes in inches Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 13930 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers C. Thermal Barrier - Location of the Insulation Barrier for a building (Example - Insulation may be located on ceiling leaving attic space unheated or outside the thermal barrier) Wet systems in unheated areas that are subject to freezing temperatures will freeze and cause extensive water damage. In unheated areas, an antifreeze loop or a dry pipe sprinkler system should be used. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements 1. Sprinkler head locations are shown on the Contract Drawings. Do not add to, delete from, or change head locations from what is shown unless approved in writing by Owner. 2. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System - Sprinkler system employing automatic sprinklers attached to piping system containing water and connected to water supply so water discharges immediately from sprinklers opened by heat from fire. 3. Standpipe, Hose System - Arrangement of piping, valves, hose connections, and allied equipment installed in building with hose connections located in so water can be discharged through attached nozzles, for purpose of extinguishing fire. 4. Dry -Pipe Sprinkler System - Sprinkler system employing automatic sprinklers attached to piping system containing air or nitrogen under pressure, release of which (as from opening of sprinkler) permits water pressure to open valve known as dry valve. Water then flows into piping system and out opened sprinkler. B. Performance Requirements 1. Design and obtain approval from authority having jurisdiction and owner for protection system detailed by working plans. Only after implementing requested corrections to working drawings from local authority having jurisdiction and Owner will they then be approved. 2. Pressure limitations and wall thickness for steel pipe listed in accordance with NFPA 13 shall be in accordance with the listing requirements. 3. Obtain hydraulic flow test as required to obtain hydraulic data needed to prepare design for hydraulic calculated systems. Hydraulically design sprinkler system according to NFPA 13, 6-4. 4. System components shall be rated for the maximum working pressure to which they are exposed but not less than 175 psi. 5. Sprinklers, pipe, fittings, hangers, alarm devices, control valves, tamper switches, and gauges shall be UL listed. 6. Do not use components that are not listed in this specification under Part 2 Products. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. General - In this section, shop drawings refer to the documents (drawings, specifications, and calculations) prepared in accordance with NFPA 13 for obtaining approval from the local authority having jurisdiction and the owner. B. Product Data 1. Provide product data for the following fire protection system components: a. Backflow preventer. b. Piping. c. Valves, accessories and devices. d. Alarm devices and electrical data. e. Fire department connections - number, size, type, arrangement, finish f. Hose valves - size, type and finish. g. Sprinklers - flow characteristics, mounting, finish. h. Escutcheons, canopies and guards C. Shop Drawings 1. Within 30 days after award of contract and before purchase of equipment, submit two sets of documents to local authority having jurisdiction for plan review. 2. Submit to Architect seven sets of documents with the review comments from the local authority having jurisdiction. 3. Submit following to Owner for final approval - Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 13930 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers a. Completed set of documents, which include shop drawings and specifications, with corrections requested by local authority having jurisdiction and by Architect. b. Complete set of hydraulic calculations for systems. c. Site plans and related elevations. d. Design technicians certification of a NICET level III and/or professional engineer's stamp on documents. 4. Only after implementing Owner's requested corrections will documents be approved. After final approval by Owner, submit to Architect four copies of approved documents. 5. Do not start fabrication or installation of system without required approvals. D. Closeout Submittals 1. Record Drawings - a. Submit seven sets of record drawings fourteen days before final inspection. b. Furnish site plan drawing identifying location of backflow preventer, post indicator valve, isolation valves, system drains, flow switches, tampers switches, and system riser. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals - a. Furnish maintenance data for operation and maintenance manual for each type of component used in system. b. Furnish with operation and maintenance manual one copy of NFPA 25, "Standard for the Inspection, Testing, and Maintenance of Water -Based Fire Protection Systems", most recent edition. Refer to paragraph 3.1.1. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications - Installer shall be licensed by local authority having jurisdiction over installed fire protection systems for location of Project. Furnish proof of licence and submit a verified list of similar projects installed during past five years minimum. B. Regulatory Requirements 1. Unless noted otherwise, system shall conform to - a. NFPA 13 b. NFPA 14 c. NFPA 24 d. NFPA 25 e. NFPA 72 f. NFPA 101 g. UL Directory h. Requirements of local water department and local authority having jurisdiction for fire protection, including backflow prevention requirements. 2. All parts requiring labeling service shall be UL labeled or listed. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Installer's Warranty 1. Provide written five year warranty protecting sprinkling system form failure due to faulty pipe and equipment, poor installation, failure to protect from freezing temperatures, or other causes inherent from a poorly installed system. 2. At no additional cost to Owner, replace with new pipe and equipment that has failed and replace elements damaged caused by sprinkling system failure. 3. Replacement and repair of failure due to sprinkler system freezing shall include extensive water damage to the building at no additional cost to Owner. 1.8 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials 1. Furnish twelve spare heads of each type and temperature rating used, with cabinets properly sized by Sprinkler Head Manufacturer 2. Furnish sprinkler head wrench. Bid Package #1 - 3 Section 13930 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. General - Use only domestically manufactured pipe, pipe fittings, valves, sprinkler heads, and other components. B. Pipe 1. Domestic Schedule 40 Mechanical Grooved Pipe And Fittings - a. Mechanical grooved pipe, couplings, and fittings by Victaulic for automatic sprinkler system piping b. Use screwed connections for pipe 1-1/4 inches and smaller. c. At Contractor's option, above piping may be butt welded or screwed pipe as specified for schedule 40 black carbon steel pipe. c. Grooved Coupling Gaskets - 1) Tyler Pipe Type W, temperature rated minus 20 deg F to 230 deg F. 2) Victaulic'E' EPDM, Grade, temperature rated minus 30 deg F to 230 deg F. B. Fittings 1. Flanged, Welded, And Screwed - a. Carbon Steel meeting requirements of ASTM A 105. b. Threaded fittings and pipe shall have threads cut to ANSI 131.20.1. 1) Do not extend pipe into fittings so as to reduce waterway. 2) Ream pipe after cutting to remove burrs and fins. c. Weld pipe using methods complying with AWS D10.9, level AR-3. Welding procedures and performance of welders shall comply with ASW D10.9, level AR3. d. Flanged Fittings - Steel in accordance with ANSI B16.5. 2. Grooved Pipe Coupling System - a. Tyler Pipe b. Victaulic C. Hangers, Rods, And Inserts 1. Galvanized, unless specified otherwise, and UL approved for service intended. 2. Hangers and accessories shall be Grinnell numbers specified or equals by B-Line. 3. Clevis Hangers - a. Uninsulated Copper Piping - Equal to Grinnell Fig CT-65 copper plated hangers and otherwise fully suitable for use with copper tubing. b. All Other Piping - Equal to Grinnell Fig 260 4. Roller Assembly - Equal to Grinnell Fig 171 with an insulation protection shield equal to Grinnell Fig 167. Gauge and length of shield shall be according to Grinnell design data. 5. Riser Clamps - Equal to Fig. 261 6. Concrete Inserts - a. Equal to Grinnell Fig 282. b. Suitable for special nuts size 3/8 inch through 7/8 inch, with yoke to receive concrete reinforcing rods, and with malleable iron lugs for attaching to forms. c. Continuous inserts shall be Unistrut P-3200 series 7. Steel deck bracket shall be Unistrut P1000 with clamp nut, minimum 6 inch length. D. Valves 1. Butterfly Valve - a. UL / FM approved b. Indicating type c. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Mueller - a) Model B-3250-00 Wafer type with valve tamper switch b) Model B-3250-52 Grooved ends type with valve tamper switch. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Section 13930 June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers 2) Nibco - a) Model WD3510-8 Wafer type with valve tamper switch b) Model GD1765-8 Grooved type with valve tamper switch 3) Grinnell Model GN-7722-3-FD Gruvlok with internal supv. switches. 2. Gate Valve - a. UL / FM approved b. Outside Screw and Yoke Type (O.S.&Y) c. Class 150 psi d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Nibco - Model F-607-OTS Flanged Ends 2) Mueller - Model A-2073-6 Flanged Ends 3. Ball Valves - a. UL / FM approved b. Valve tamper switch c. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Milwaukee - Model BBSC with threaded ends 2) Nibco - Model T-505 with threaded ends 3) Nibco - Model G-505 with grooved ends 4. Check Valve - Swing Check a. 1/2 inch to 3 inches horizontal check b. Regrinding type c. Renewable disk d. Bronze Class 125 with threaded ends e. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Nibco - Model KT-403-W 2) Walworth - Figure 3420 5. Check Valve - Swing Check a. 2-1/2 inches to 12 inches horizontal check b. Bolted bonnet c. Raised face Flanges d. Bronze mounted w/cast iron body e. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Nibco - Model F-908 2) Mueller - Model A-2120-6 3) Grinnell - Model A-2, Fig. 1365 6. Check Valve - Wafer Type a. 4 inches to 8 inches Cast iron body b. 175 psi minimum working pressure c. Rubber Seat d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Nibco - Model KW-900-W 2) Mueller - Model A-2102 3) Grinnell- Model F510 7. Alarm Check Valve - a. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Reliable - Model E with gauges and drain 2) Viking - Model H-2 with gauges and drain 3) Star - Model F with gauges and drain 4) Grinnell - Model A with gauges and drain 8. Retard Chamber - a. Self draining b. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Reliable - Model E-1 2) Viking - Model C 3) Star - Model D 4) Grinnell - Model A-3 9. Inspector's Test Valve - a. Drain 2 inch b. Non -corrosive, 1/2 inch orifice Bid Package #1 - 5 Section 13930 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers c. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) AGF Manufacturing, 2 inch TestanDrain, Model 1000 2) Viking 2 inch TestaDrain Valve, Model A-1, with Reliable Model C, 2 inch sight drain. 3) Reliable Model B, 1/2 inch orifice sight test connection, with Reliable Model C, 2 inch sight drain. E. Sprinkler Heads 1. Concealed Pendent - a. Flush ceiling profile b. Adjustable cover c. UL / FM approved d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Reliable - Model G-4 'Adjustable Concealed' 2) Viking - Model 'Horizon Mirage' a) Sprinkler Base - Part No. 08281 b) Cover Assembly - Part No. 08310 2. Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler - a. UL / FM approved b. Recess adjustable c. Use Viking Model A-1 chrome plated sprinkler guard where guards are required. d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Reliable - Model G/F1 with Reliable recessed, 2-piece escutcheon Model GF1 2) Viking - Model M HSW with Viking recessed, 2-piece escutcheon Model E-1 3) Star - Model LD-2 with Star Nova Series recessed escutcheon 3. Dry Horizontal Sidewall Sprinkler - a. UL / FM approved b. Minimum length - 12 inches c. Standard response d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Reliable - Model G3 2) Viking - Model M 3) Star - Model ME-1 4. Pendent and Upright Sprinkler - a. UL / FM approved b. Use Reliable Model C-1 chrome plated sprinkler guard where guards are required. c. Use Reliable Model C flush chrome escutcheon. d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) Reliable - Model G 2) Viking - Model M 3) Central - Model A 4) Star - Model E 5. Adjustable Drop Nipple - a. Steel tube, oxide coated. b. Double O-ring seal. C. 175 psi (1 200 KPa) minimum working pressure. d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1) CECA - Cold Extrusion Company of America 2) Central - Model 'Alpha' F. Pressure Gauges 1. Mechanical Water Pressure Gauges - a. UL / FM approved. b. 3-1/2 inch diameter dial. c. 0-300 psi) in 5 psi increments. d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1 ) Potter -Roemer - Figure No. 6240 2) Reliable - Model UA Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 6 Section 13930 June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers G. Pressure Detectors 1. Electrical Water Pressure Switch - a. UL / FM approved. b. Switch activates on pressure rise between 4 and 8 psi). c. Two single pole double throw switches, contact rating 5 amps at 120 VAC. d. Removal of switch or cover shall activate trouble signal. e. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1 ) Potter Electric Signal Co - Model PSI 2) Reliable - Model J54-8295 H. Tamper Switch 1. Weather and Tamper Resistant Switch. a. UL / FM approved. b. Two Single Pole Double Throw Switches, contact rating 5 amps at 120 VAC. c. Removal of switch or cover shall activate trouble signal. d. Alarm shall activate between first and second revolution of valve wheel. e. Mount to monitor valve and not interfere with operation. f. Shall operate in horizontal and vertical position. g. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1 ) Control Valves, Butterfly Valves, Post Indicator Valves - a) Federal - Model PIV b) Potter Electric Signal Co - Model PCVS c) Notifier - Model PIBV2 d) System Sensor - Model PIBV2. 2) O.S. & Y Valves - a) Federal - Model OSY b) Notifier - Model OSY2 c) Potter Electric Signal Co - Model OSYS-B d) System Sensor - Model OSY2 Automatic Drain Device 1. Straight Design, 3/4 inch. 2. Approved Manufacturers And Models a. Elkart - Model 702 b. Nibco - Ball -Drip c. Potter -Roemer - Figure 5982 Water Flow Indicator 1. Vane Type 2. UL / FM approved 3. Field adjustable retard device 4. Automatic resetting 5. Two single -pole, double throw micro switches. 6. Approved Manufacturers And Models - a) Federal - Model WFD b) Notifier - Model WFD c) Potter Electric Signal Co - Model VSR-F d) Reliable - Model A e) Viking - Model VSR-F 2.2 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Cold Extrusion Company of America, B. Central Sprinkler Company, Lansdale, PA (215) 362-0700 C. Elkhart Brass Mfg Co Inc, Elkhart, IN (219) 295-8330 D. Federal Pump Corporation, Brooklyn, NY (718) 451-2000 E. Grinnell Fire Protection Systems Company, Providence, RI (401) 456-5600 F. Mueller Co, Decator, IL (217) 423-4471 G. Nibco Inc, Elkhart, IN (219) 295-300 Bid Package #1 - 7 Section 13930 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers H. Henry Pratt Co, Aurora, IL (708) 844-4000 I. Milwaukee Faucets, Div Universal -Rundle Corp, Milwaukee, WI (414) 461-8700 J. Notifier Sprinkler Equipment Group, Aurora, IL (312) 851-5000 K. Potter Electric Signal Company, St Louis, MO (314) 878-4321 L. Potter -Roemer, Cerritos, CA (310) 404-3753 M. The Reliable Automatic Sprinkler Co Inc, Elmsford, NY (914) 668-3470 N. Star Sprinkler Corp, Milwaukee, WI (414) 769-5500 O. System Sensor, St Charles, IL (708) 377-6363 P. Tyler Pipe / Gustin-Bacon Division, Tyler, TX (903) 882-5511 Q. Victaulic Company of America, Easton, PA (215) 559-3300 R. The Viking Corporation, Hastings, MI (616) 945-9501 S. The Walworth Company, Houston, TX (713) 777-7788 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work - Provide inserts for attaching hangers in concrete floor construction at time floors are placed. B. Install sprinkler systems in accordance with requirements of latest editions of NFPA 13, Kemper Insurance Co, and as specified below - 1 . Install system to drain. Drain trapped piping in accordance with NFPA 13 4-5.3.2 (1991). a. Install main drain from riser. b. Install drains from inspector's test valve drain. 2. Install piping system so it will not be exposed to freezing temperatures. Antifreeze loops shall not exceed volume of 40 gallons. 3. Do not use dropped, damaged, or used sprinkler heads. 4. Install sprinkler lines concealed except where shown otherwise. 5. Install firestopping at pipe penetrations through fire -rated floors, walls, and partitions. 6. Brace and support system to meet seismic zone requirements as specified in Division 15. H. Hangers, Rods, And Inserts 1. Use of pipe hooks, chains, or perforated iron for pipe support is not allowed. Do not hang pipe from other pipe, equipment or ductwork. 2. Support horizontal piping from clevis hangers, trapeze -type hangers, or on roller assemblies with channel supports. Hangers shall have double nuts. a. Support insulated pipes with clevis hanger, or with roller assembly with insulation shield. Support uninsulated pipes from clevis hanger. b. Support rods for single pipe shall be in accordance with following table - Rod Diameter Pipe Size 3/8 inch 2 inches and smaller 1/2 inch 2-1/2 to 3-1/2 inches 5/8 inch 4 to 5 inches 3/4 inch 6 inches 7/8 inch 8 to 12 inches c. Support rods for multiple pipe supported on steel angle trapeze hangers shall be in accordance with following table - ROD Number of pipes of Sizes Listed No Diam 2" 2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 2 3/8Inch 2 - - - - - - 2 1/2Inch 3 3 2 - - - - 2 5/8Inch 6 4 3 2 - - - 2 3/4Inch 9 7 5 3 2 2 - 2 7/8Inch 12 9 7 5 3 2 2 Size trapeze angles so that bending stress is less than 10,000 psi. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Section 13930 June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers d. Hanger Spacing - 1 ) Pipes 2 inches and smaller - Not over 8 feet on centers 2) Larger pipes - 10 feet on centers, maximum 3. Supports for Vertical Piping - a. Place riser clamps at each floor or ceiling level. 1) Clamps shall be securely supported by structural members which in turn are supported directly from building structure. 2) Provide clamps as necessary to brace pipe to wall. 4. Locate hangers or supports so minimum of one is installed next to last sprinker head on branch line. 5. Where inserts cannot be used, provide expansion shields and support hangers from angles held in place by expansion bolts, never directly from expansion bolt itself. Provide calculations necessary to determine number of expansion bolts required to equal capacity of cast -in -place insert. 6. Attach Unistrut to steel deck by welding bracket to deck. Spacing and support as described above. Post copy of maintenance instructions for following components of Automatic Sprinkler Systems in location designated by Architect. 1. Alarm check valve and accessories 2. Isolation valves 3. Flow and tamper switches 4. Inspector's test and drain valves 5. Post indicator valves 6. Fire department connections 7. Sprinkler heads 8. Fire pump and accessories (only if fire pump is required) 9. Back -flow Preventer 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests 1. Test system according to NFPA-13, figure 8-1(A) page 13-75, ed. 1995 for aboveground piping. 2. Test system according to NFPA-13, figure 8-1(B) page 13-75, ed. 1995 for underground piping. 3. Tests shall be witnessed by Architect, representative of local jurisdiction over fire prevention, and local Fire Chief or Fire Marshall. Witnesses shall be given 48 hour notice. 4. Test blanks shall have red painted lugs protruding beyond flange to clearly indicate their presence and be numbered to assure their removal when testing is completed. 3.3 CLEANING A. Flush system at full design flow rate for five minutes. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION Section 13930 June 2005 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 10 June 2005 Section 13930 Wet -Pipe Fire -Suppression Sprinklers DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 15051 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS 15100 BUILDING SERVICES PIPING 15101 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS 15105 PIPES AND TUBES 15141 POTABLE WATER PIPING SYSTEMS 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING SYSTEMS 15196 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM 15400 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Bid Package #1 - 1 Division 15 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 - 2 Division 15 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Table of Contents SECTION 15051 GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. General requirements and procedures for mechanical systems. B. Products Supplied But Not Installed Under This Section 1. Sleeves, inserts, supports, and equipment for mechanical systems installed by other trades. D. Related Sections 1. Division 02 - a. Piped utilities b. Exterior concrete pads and bases for mechanical equipment 2. Division 03 - Interior concrete pads and bases for mechanical equipment. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data 1. Manufacturer's catalog data for each manufactured item. a. Provide section in submittal for each type of item of equipment. Include Manufacturer's catalog data of each manufactured item and enough information to show compliance with Contract Document requirements. Literature shall show capacities and size of equipment used and be marked indicating each specific item with applicable data underlined. b. Include name, address, and phone number of each supplier. C. Indicate line by line compliance with each specification requirement. If difference exists, explain in detail the difference. B. Closeout 1. Operation And Maintenance Manual Data - a. Modify and add to requirements of Section 01700 as follows - 1) At beginning of MECHANICAL section of Operations And Maintenance Manual, provide master index showing items included. 2) Provide name, address, and phone number of Architect, Architect's Mechanical Engineer, General Contractor, and Mechanical, Plumbing, Sheet Metal, Refrigeration, and Temperature Control subcontractors. 3) Provide operating instructions to include - a) General description of each plumbing and mechanical system. b) Step by step procedure to follow in putting each piece of mechanical equipment into operation. c) Provide diagrams for electrical control system showing wiring of items such as smoke detectors, fuses, interlocks, electrical switches, and relays. 4) Identify maintenance instructions by using same equipment identification used in Contract Drawings. Maintenance instructions shall include - a) List of mechanical equipment used indicating name, model, serial number, and name plate data of each item together with number and name associated with each system item. Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho Section 15051 June 2005 General Mechanical Requirements 5) 6) 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE b) Manufacturer's maintenance instructions for each piece of mechanical equipment installed in Project. Instructions shall include name of vendor, installation instructions, parts numbers and lists, operation instructions of equipment, and maintenance and lubrication instructions. c) Summary list of mechanical equipment requiring lubrication showing name of equipment, location, and type and frequency of lubrication. d) Special Maintenance Instructions shall be summarized as - (1) Preventative Maintenance Procedures (2) Seasonal start-up and shut -down maintenance (3) Periodical inspection requirements (4) Water treatment procedures Include copies of approved shop drawings and copies of warranties required in individual Sections of Division 15. Include equipment and piping identification color coding and abbreviation schedule. A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1. Perform work in accordance with applicable provisions of local Building Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Gas Ordinances, and adoptions thereof. Provide materials and labor necessary to comply with rules, regulations, and ordinances. 2. In case of differences between building codes, state laws, local ordinances, utility company regulations, and Contract Documents, the most stringent shall govern. Promptly notify Architect in writing of such differences. B. Identification 1. Motor and equipment name plates as well as applicable UL and AGA labels shall be in place when Project is turned over to Owner. 2. Materials shall bear Manufacturer's name and trade name. Equipment and materials of same general type shall be of same make throughout work to provide uniform appearance, operation, and maintenance. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Storage 1. In addition to requirements specified in Division 01, stored material shall be readily accessible for inspection by Architect until installed. 2. Store items subject to moisture damage, such as controls, in dry, heated spaces. B. Handling 1. Protect bearings during installation. Thoroughly grease steel shafts to prevent corrosion. 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Guarantee plumbing systems to be free from noise in operation that may develop from failure to construct system in accordance with Contract Documents. B. Provide certificates of warranty for each piece of equipment made out in favor of Owner. Clearly record 'start-up' date of each piece of equipment on certificate. Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple 2 Section 15051 Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 General Mechanical Requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE INSTALLERS A. Approved Mechanical Sub -Contractor shall be pre -approved in accordance with Supplementary Conditions and included in Construction Documents by Addendum. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Site Inspection 1. Examine premises to understand conditions which may affect performance of work of this Division before submitting proposals for this work. Examine adjoining work on which mechanical work is dependent for efficiency and report work which requires correction. 2. No subsequent allowance for time or money will be considered for any consequence related to failure to examine site conditions. B. Drawings 1. Plumbing Drawings show general arrangement of piping, equipment, etc. Follow as closely as actual building construction and work of other trades will permit. 2. Consider Architectural and Structural Drawings part of this work insofar as these drawings furnish information relating to design and construction of building. These drawings take precedence over Plumbing and Mechanical Drawings. 3. Because of small scale of Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings, and accessories which may be required. Investigate structural and finish conditions affecting this work and arrange work accordingly, providing such fittings, valves, and accessories required to meet conditions. C. Ensure that items to be furnished fit space available. Make necessary field measurements to ascertain space requirements including those for connections and furnish and install equipment of size and shape so final installation shall suit true intent and meaning of Contract Documents. If approval is received by Addendum or Change Order to use other than originally specified items, be responsible for specified capacities and for ensuring that items to be furnished will fit space available. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Arrange for all chases, slots and openings in building components to allow for mechanical installation. Provide coordinating information to all affected trades. Coordinate the installation of required supporting device openings and sleeves to be set in poured in place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed. B. Check that slots and openings provided under other Divisions through floors and walls are properly located. Perform cutting and patching caused by neglecting to coordinate with Divisions providing slots and openings at no additional cost to Owner. C. Changes Due To Equipment Selection 1. Where equipment specified or otherwise approved requires different arrangement or connections from that shown in Contract Documents, submit drawings, if requested by Architect, showing proposed installations. 2. If proposed changes are approved, install equipment to operate properly and in harmony with intent of Contract Documents. Make incidental changes in piping, and as otherwise necessary. 3. Be responsible for the proper location of roughing -in and connections provided under other Divisions. Bid Package #1 3 Section 15051 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 General Mechanical Requirements 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Locating Equipment 1. Arrange pipes and equipment to permit ready access to valves, cocks, unions, traps and to clear openings of doors and access panels. 2. Adjust locations of pipes and fixtures to accommodate work to interferences anticipated and encountered. 3. Install mechanical work to permit removal of equipment and parts of equipment requiring periodic replacement or maintenance without damage to or interference with other parts of equipment or structure. 4. Determine exact route and location of each pipe and duct prior to fabrication. a. Right -Of -Way - 1) Lines which pitch shall have right-of-way over those which do not pitch. For example, steam, steam condensate, and plumbing drains shall normally have right-of-way. 2) Lines whose elevations cannot be changed shall have right-of-way over lines whose elevations can be changed. b. Offsets, Transitions, and Changes in Direction - 1) Make offsets, transitions, and changes in direction in pipes and ducts as required to maintain proper head room and pitch of sloping lines whether or not indicated on Drawings. 2) Furnish and install all traps, air vents, sanitary vents, and devices as required to effect these offsets, transitions, and changes in direction. B. Sealants 1. Seal openings through building exterior caused by penetrations of elements of mechanical systems. C. Excavating and Backfilling (General): 1. Provide all excavation, trenching and backfilling for Division 15000 underground piping and ductwork work. Excavation and backfilling shall comply with applicable paragraphs of Division 2. Tamp bottoms of trenches hard and, for soil and waste piping, grade to secure uniform fall of 1/4" per foot, or as noted. Excavate bell holes for hub and spigot pipes so that pipe rests on solid ground for its entire length. Lay sewer and water pipe in separate trenches, except where otherwise noted, as detailed. 2. After work has been tested, inspected and approved by the Owner's Representative and/or State/Local Inspector, and prior to backfilling, clean the excavation of all rubbish, and clean backfill materials free of trash. Place backfill in horizontal layers not exceeding 6" in thickness, properly moistened. Mechanically compact each layer with suitable equipment to a dry density of not less than 95 percent as determined by the Modified AASHO Test T-180. See Division 2 for additional requirements. a. Provide adequate shoring to safeguard workers from cave-ins for all excavations. b. In areas where General Contractor has finish grade work to do, Mechanical Contractor shall backfill and compact to 8" below finish grade. Where no finish surface work is to be done, Mechanical Contractor shall backfill and compact to and match adjacent undisturbed surface with allowance for settling, etc. 3.5 REPAIR / RESTORATION A. Each Section of this Division shall bear expense of cutting, patching, repairing, and replacing of work of other Sections required because of its fault, error, tardiness, or because of damage done by it. 1. Patch and repair walls and floors with materials of same quality and appearance as adjacent surfaces unless otherwise shown. 2. Surface finishes shall exactly match existing finishes of same materials. Bid Package #1 4 Section 15051 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 General Mechanical Requirements B. Cutting, patching, repairing, and replacing pavements, sidewalks, roads, and curbs to permit installation of work of this Division is responsibility of Section installing work. Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 5 Section 15051 June 2005 General Mechanical Requirements Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple BLANK PAGE (ei Section 15051 Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 General Mechanical Requirements SECTION 15101 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes but not limited to 1. General requirements for piping systems and accessories used on Project. B. Related Sections 1. Section 15051 - General Mechanical Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing Materials 1. ASTM D 698-91, >Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12,000 ft-Ibf/ft3) (600kN/m/m').= 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform tests on mechanical piping systems and furnish devices for testing purposes. 1. Material or workmanship proven defective shall be replaced with new, sound material at no additional cost to Owner. 2. Repeat tests on new material if requested. B. Qualifications 1. Welders shall be certified and shall bear evidence of certification 30 days prior to commencing work on this project. 2. If there is doubt concerning proficiency of welder, Owner may require welder to take another test at no additional cost to Owner. 3. Certification shall be by Pittsburgh Testing Laboratories. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Handle pipe and accessories carefully to insure delivery in an undamaged condition. B. Replace any section of pipe found to be defective before or after laying with new pipe without additional expense to Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Excavation And Trenching For Piping 1. Minimum depth of bury over top of pipe, as required by code and/or as noted on drawings a. Potable water piping shall have a minimum depth of bury over the top pipe of 48 inches. 2. Excavation - a. Perform excavations, regardless of substances encountered, to depths required. Bid Package #1 1 Section 15101 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 General Piping Requirements b. Pile materials suitable for back -filling in orderly manner and a sufficient distance from banks of trench to avoid over loading and to prevent slides or cave-ins. Remove waste materials not required or suitable for backfill. C. Grade to prevent surface water from flowing to trenches or other excavations. Remove water from excavation by pumping or by other approved method. d. Install sheeting and shoring as necessary for protection of work and for safety of personnel. Unless otherwise indicated, excavation shall be open cut except that short sections of trench may be tunneled if pipe or duct can be safely and properly installed and backfill can be properly tamped in such tunnel sections. e. Trenches shall be of necessary width for proper laying of pipe, and walls shall be as nearly vertical as practicable. f. Grade bottom of trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of pipe on undisturbed soil at every point along entire length. Except where rock is encountered, take care not to excavate below depths needed. 1) Where rock excavations are required, excavate to minimum overdepth of 4 inches below indicated trench depths. 2) Remove wet or otherwise unstable soil that is incapable of properly supporting pipe to depth required. 3) Backfill overdepths with loose, granular, moist earth, thoroughly tamped. g. Roof Drain Lines and Sanitary Sewers - 1) Width of trench at and below top of pipe shall allow clear space between barrel of pipe and trench wall of 6 to 12 inches on either side of pipe. Width of trench above that level may be as wide as necessary for sheeting and bracing and proper performance of work. 2) Round bottom of trench so that at least bottom quadrant of pipe shall rest firmly on undisturbed soil for as much of barrel length as proper jointing operations will permit. Do this part of excavation manually a few feet in advance of pipe laying with men skilled in this type of work. h. Excavation For Appurtenances - 1) Excavate for sumps and similar structures to leave at least 12 inches clear between outer surfaces and embankment or timber used to hold and protect banks. 2) Over depth excavation below such appurtenances, that has not been directed by Architect, shall be considered as unauthorized and shall be filled with sand, gravel, or concrete at no additional cost to Owner. i. Protection of Existing Utilities - Existing utilities to be retained that are shown on Drawings or location of which are made known prior to excavation, as well as utility lines uncovered during excavation operations, shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling, and, if damaged, shall be repaired at no additional cost to Owner. 3ackfilling of Trenches Place fill and backfill in 6 inch maximum layers and mechanically compact to required density. For final fill under all earth bearing concrete slabs, see Section 02315. Compact fill and backfill to 95 percent optimum density in accordance with ASTM D 698. Maintain optimum moisture content. a. If fill material is too wet, blend and mix with dry materials. b. If too dry, add water until optimum moisture content is reached. QUALITY CONTROL >ite Tests General - a. Notify governing agencies as required. b. Give Architect 24 hours minimum notice of tests to be performed on Mechanical system. 1) Tests shall be observed by Architect and, where necessary, by local governing authorities. Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 2 June 2005 Section 15101 General Piping Requirements 2) Tests performed without observation shall be repeated as requested. C. Do not backfill trenches for underground piping until successful completion of pressure tests. 2. Water Pressure Tests - a. Subject all portions of following piping systems, in sections or in entirety, to water pressure of 5 psig and prove tight for 2 hours - 1 ) Sanitary sewer 2) Roof drain 3) Soil 4) Waste 5) Vent Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 3 June 2005 Section 15101 General Piping Requirements Bid Package #1 Site work, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 4 June 2005 Section 15101 General Piping Requirements SECTION 15105 PIPES AND TUBES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Quality of pipes and pipe fittings used in piping systems provided under Division 15. B. Related Sections 1. Section 15101 - General Piping Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute / American Water Works Association 1. ANSI / AWWA C110/A21.10-87, "Ductile Iron and Gray -Iron Fittings, 3 Inch Through 48 Inch for Water and Other Liquids". B. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 74-96, "Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings" 2. ASTM A 377-95, "Standard Index of Specifications for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe" 3. ASTM B 88-96, "Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube" 4. ASTM C 564-95a, "Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings" 5. ASTM D 1784-97, "Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(PVC) and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride)(CPVC) Compounds." 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Design Requirements - Piping expansion joints shall be rated at 150 psig and have maximum temperature rating of 850 deg F (455 deg C). 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Piping or fittings of foreign manufacturers will not be acceptable. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cast Iron Pipe 1. Service Weight Cast -Iron Pipe - Meet requirements of Fed Spec W-P-401 E. 2. Buried Lines - a. Service weight, single -hub or no hub type cast iron soil pipe and fittings meeting requirements of ASTM A 74 or ASTM A-888, CISPI Standard 301. 1) Joint Material - a) Rubber gaskets meeting requirements of ASTM C 564. Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 15105 Pipes and Tubes b) Joints for Hubless Pipe: Hubless pipe and fittings joints shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Standard C-564 and Factory Mutual Standard 1680 and shall be heavy duty type 304 stainless steel full shielded couplings having 4 sealing clamps for pipe sizes 1-1/2" thru 4" and 6 sealing clamps for pipe sizes 5" thru 15" as supplied by AB&I, Husky, Charlotte Pipe or Tyler. b. Cast iron soil pipe meeting requirements of CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute, Standard 301-85 in conjunction with "Best" coupling and gasket by AB&I, American Brass & Iron Foundry, San Leandro, CA. Fittings shall be hub and spigot or no hub meeting requirements of ASTM A 74 or ASTM A-888. C. Buried soil, waste, vent, roof drain pipe and fittings, shall be uniformly coated inside and out with coal tar pitch. d. Uses - 1) Soil 2) Waste 3) Vent 4) Roof drains 3. Above Grade Piping And Vent Lines - a. Same as specified for buried lines except no -hub pipe may be used. b. Vent lines 3 inches or smaller may be Schedule 40 galvanized steel. C. Joint Material - 1) Bell And Spigot Pipe - 50 percent oakum and 50 percent lead, well calked, or rubber gaskets meeting requirements of ASTM C 564. 2) . No -Hub Pipe - Cinch bands with neoprene gaskets 4. Cast Grey Ductile Iron Pipe - a. 2-1/2 Inches And Larger - Meet requirements of ASTM A 377. Water pipes and fittings shall be cement lined inside for domestic water. (Cement lining not required for underground chilled water) and coated inside and out with hot - dipped coal tar or asphalt one mil thick. b. Uses - Buried domestic water pipes, buried, underground chilled water piping. C. Fittings - Cast iron meeting requirements of ANSI A21.10, Class 150 d. Joints - Tyton, rubber gasket using vegetable soap as lubricant. C. Copper Pipe 1. Type I Seamless Copper Water Tube - a. Meet requirements of ASTM B 88, Type K, Annealed soft drawn. b. Uses - Buried domestic water 2 inches and smaller. Minimum allowable size under slab is 3/4 inch C. Fittings - Fittings or joints below grade are not allowed. d. Connections - Sweat copper type with 95/5 or 96/4 tin antimony solder. Connections under slab, where allowed by code, shall be brazed. 2. Type II Seamless Copper Water Tube - a. Meet requirements of ASTM B 88, Type L, Temper H. b. Uses (Not Buried) - 1 ) Domestic Cold Water 2) Domestic Hot Water 3) Domestic Hot Water, Recirculating 4) Fill Lines 5) Cooling coil condensate 6) Soft water C. Fittings - Wrought copper solder type d. Connections - Sweat copper type with 95/5 or 96/4 tin antimony solder. 3. Type III Seamless Copper Pipe - a. Type K hard drawn with brazed copper fittings b. Uses - 1 ) Buried domestic water 2-1/2 inches and larger. 2) Low pressure steam and steam condensate. Bid Package #1 2 Section 15105 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Pipes and Tubes PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Cast Iron Pipe 1. Use torque wrench to obtain proper tension in cinch bands when using no -hub cast iron pipe. Butt ends of pipe against centering flange of coupling. 2. Fittings - a. Use long radius bends for changes in direction. b. Use reducing fittings for changes in pipe size. B. Piping Connections 1. Gasketed Connections - a. Assemble gasketed joints as follows - 1 ) Wipe gasket, gasket seat and spigot and clean with cloth. 2) Insert gasket in bell. 3) Apply lubricant to inside surface of gasket. 4) Apply lubricant to outside of spigot. 5) Insert spigot end enough to make contact with gasket. 6) Force spigot end into bell socket. b. Mechanical Joints - Stuffing box type, adapted to use of gasket, cast iron gland, and bolts. Bolts and nuts shall be stainless steel. 2. Screwed Connections - a. Make up metal to metal with graphite and oil, or approved equal compound applied to male thread. b. Ream piping before installation. C. No hemp, wicking, or packing will be permitted in making up screwed joints. d. Pipe shall enter fittings full depth of thread. 3. Soldered Connections for Copper Water Piping - a. Cut tubes square and remove burrs from inside and outside edges of tubes. b. Clean tubes, apply flux, heat joint, remove surplus solder and flux, and cool joint. 4. Mechanical Connections - Install mechanical grooved pipe, couplings, and fittings in accordance with Manufacturer's written instructions. 5. Dielectric Couplings - Make connections of copper to steel with insulating couplings rated at 250 psig working pressure at 180 deg F. 6. Unions - a. 2 inches and smaller unions shall be heavy duty, ground joint, with brass seats, and hexagonal screws. b. 2-112 inches and larger unions shall be flanged, faced, and bolted, with gaskets to suit specified service. Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 3 Section 15105 June 2005 Pipes and Tubes Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 4 June 2005 Section 15105 Pipes and Tubes SECTION 15141 POTABLE WATER PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform excavating and backfilling required by work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install potable water piping complete with necessary riser and cap and underfloor font piping with pressure gauge for temporary testing inside building and connect with outside utility lines 5 feet from building perimeter as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 - Criteria for performance of excavation and backfill 2. Section 02517 - Potable water piping from 5 feet from building perimeter to main 3. Section 15083 - Potable Water Piping Insulation 4. Section 15101 - General Piping Requirements 5. Section 15494 - Font Equipment 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 48-00, 'Specification for Gray Iron Castings' 2. ASTM A 377-95, 'Standard Index of Specifications for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe' 3. ASTM B 61-93, 'Specification for Steam or Valve Bronze Castings' 4. ASTM B 62-93, 'Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings' 5. ASTM B 88-99, 'Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Quality Assurance / Control - Written report of sterilization test 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre -Installation Conference - Participate in pre -installation conference specified in Section 03313. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Pipe 1. Above -Grade a. Copper meeting requirements of ASTM B 88, Type L. b. Cast Grey Ductile Iron Pipe meeting requirements of ASTM A 377. 1) 2-1/2 Inches And Larger 2) Cement lined inside and coated inside and out with hot -dipped coal tar or asphalt one mil thick. 2. Below -Grade a. Copper meeting requirements of ASTM B 88, Type K . 3/4 inch minimum under slabs. 1) 2 inches And Smaller - Annealed soft drawn. 2) 2-1/2 inches And Larger - Hard Drawn B. Fittings - Wrought copper, or cast iron meeting requirements of ANSI A21.10, Class 150, to correspond to type of pipe used. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 15141 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Potable Water Piping Systems C. Connections 1. Above -Grade - Sweat copper type with 95/5 or 96/4 Tin -Antimony solder, Bridgit solder, or Silvabrite 100 solder. Use only lead-free solder. 2. Below Grade - a. Copper - 1) Brazed using following type rods - a) Copper to Copper Connections - (1) AWS Classification BCuP-4 Copper Phosphorus (6percent silver). (2) AWS Classification BCuP-5 Copper Phosphorus (15 percent silver). b) Copper to Brass or Copper to Steel Connections - AWS Classification BAg-5 Silver (45 percent silver). c) Do not use rods containing Cadmium. 2) Brazing Flux - a) Approved Products - (1) Stay -Silt' white brazing flux by J W Harris (2) High quality silver solder flux by Handy & Harmon 3) Joints under slabs acceptable only if allowed by local codes. b. Cast Iron Pipe - Tyton, rubber gasket using vegetable soap as lubricant. D. Ball Valves 1. Use ball valves exclusively unless otherwise specified. Ball valves shall be by single manufacturer from approved list below. Valves shall be two piece, full port for 150 PSI SWP. 2. Valves 2 Inches 50 mm And Smaller - a. Operate with flow in either direction, suitable for throttling and tight shut-off. Full port, three- piece maintenance design. b. Body - Bronze, 150 psig wsp at 350 deg F and 400 psig wog. c. Seat - Bubble tight at 100 psig under water. 3. Quality Standard - Nibco T585 or S585, S595 4. Approved Manufacturers - a. Con BraCo 'Apollo' b. Hammond c. Honeywell-Braukmann d. Jenkins e. Milwaukee f. Nibco g. Stockham h. Watts E. Stop And Waste Valves 1. Approved Products - a. Mueller - Mark II Oriseal stop and waste valve H10288 b. Mueller - Buffalo screw type curb box H-10350 complete with lid and H-10349 enlarged base 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Armstrong, B. Bell & Gossett, C. Cash Valve, Cullman, AL (256) 775-8200 www.cashacme.com D. Cla-Val Company, Costa Mesa, CA (800) 942-6326 or (949) 722-4800 www.cla-val.com E. ConBraco Industries Inc, Matthews, NC (704) 841-600 www.conbraco.com F. Hammond Valve, Prairie Du Sac, WI (800) 348-6544 or (608) 643-2977 www.hammondvalve.com G. Handy & Harmon Products Div, Fairfield, CT (800) 245-2728 or (203) 259-8321 www.handyharmon.com H. J W Harris Co Inc, Cincinnati, OH (800) 733-4533 or (513) 891-2000 www.jwharris.com I. Honeywell-Braukmann, www.honeywell.ca/braukmann J. Jenkins Valves Inc, Bolingbrook, IL (800) 241-6560 or (630) 226-4900 www.cranevalve.com K. Milwaukee Valve Co, Milwaukee, WI (414) 744-5240 www.milwaukeevalve.com L. Mueller Co, Decatur, IL (217) 423-4471 www.muellerflo.com M. Nibco Inc, Elkhart, IN (800) 642-5463 or (219) 295-3000 www.nibco.com N. Spence Engineering Co, Walden, NY (800) 398-2493 or (914) 778-5566 www.spenceengineering.com Bid Package #1 - 2 Section 15141 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Potable Water Piping Systems O. Stockham Valves, Birmingham, AL (800) 786-2542 or (205) 592-6361 www.stockham.com P. Taco, Q. Tour & Anderson, R. Watts Regulator Co, Andover, MA (978) 688-1811 www.wattsreg.com S. Wilkins Operation, Paso Robles, CA (805) 238-7100 www.zurn.com PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Below Grade 1. Install piping under slabs without joints where possible. 2. Insulate water piping buried within building perimeter. 3. Bury water piping 6 inches minimum below bottom of slab and encase in 2 inches minimum of sand. B. Locate cold water lines a minimum of 6 inches from hot water line. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests - Before pipes are covered, test systems in presence of Architect at 125 psi hydrostatic pressure for 4 hours and show no leaks. Disconnect equipment not suitable for 125 psig pressure from piping system during test period. 3.3 CLEANING A. Sterilize potable water system with solution containing 200 parts per million minimum of available chlorine and maintaining pH of 7.5 minimum. Introduce chlorinating materials into system in manner approved by Architect. Allow sterilization solution to remain for 24 hours and open and close valves and faucets several times during that time. B. After sterilization, flush solution from system with clean water until residual chlorine content is less than 0.2 parts per million. C. Water system will not be accepted until negative bacteriological test is made on water taken from system. Repeat dosing as necessary until such negative test is accomplished. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION June 2005 Section 15141 Potable Water Piping Systems Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 4 June 2005 Section 15141 Potable Water Piping Systems SECTION 15150 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Nor Limited To 1. Furnish and install interior soil and waste piping to point 5 feet outside building perimeter as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 15101 - General Piping Requirements 2. Section 15105 - Quality and type of piping 3. Section 15410 - Traps for plumbing fixtures, floor drains, and accessories. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Waste piping and fittings exposed below lavatories and sinks shall be chrome plated or sleeved, including piping within cabinets. B. Traps 1. Traps installed on cast iron bell and spigot pipe shall be service weight cast iron. 2. Traps installed on threaded pipe shall be recess drainage pattern type. 3. P-Traps - a. Trap shall have clean out plug if installed in other than slab on grade. b. Approved Models And Manufacturers - 1) 7220 deep seal cast iron by JR Smith, Montgomery, AL (205) 277-8520 2) Zurn Z-1000 deep seal cast iron by Zurn Industries Inc, Erie, PA (814) 455-0921 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install as specified in 15101. B. Install traps in conjunction with all fixtures and equipment connected to drainage system. C. Install sized vent pipes up through floor and extending 24 inches above floor. Cap for future. Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 1 June 2005 Section 15150 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Section 15150 Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping SECTION 15196 NATURAL GAS PIPING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Perform excavation and backfill required for work of this Section. 2. Furnish and install gas piping and fittings to riser stub within building and from building to meter including connection to meter in future phase as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 - Procedure and quality of excavating, backfilling, and compacting 2. Section 02554 - Gas line from meter to main 3. Section 15101 - General Piping Requirements 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society For Testing And Materials 1. ASTM A 53-01, 'Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel and Hot -Dipped, Zinc -Coated, Welded and Seamless' 2. ASTM A 234-00a, 'Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperature Service' 3. ASTM D 2513-00, 'Standard Specification for Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings' 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Welders shall be certified and bear evidence of certification 30 days before commencing work on project. If there is doubt as to proficiency of welder, Owner's Representative may require welder to take another test. This shall be done at no cost to Owner. Certification shall be by Pittsburgh Testing Laboratories or other approved authority. 2. Polyethylene pipe installers shall be properly trained and certified in procedure for joining polyethylene pipe. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store polyethylene pipe so it is exposed to sunlight. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Above -Ground Pipe And Fittings - Black carbon steel, butt welded, Schedule 40 pipe meeting requirements of ASTM A 53. Welded forged steel fittings meeting requirements of ASTM A 234 or standard weight malleable iron screwed. B. Below -Ground Pipe And Fittings - Polyethylene pipe and fittings meeting requirements of ASTM D 2513 with No. 14 coated copper trace wire. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Valves Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 15196 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Natural Gas Piping System 125 psi bronze body ball valve, UL listed Approved Products - a. Apollo Series 80-100 by ConBraCo b. FIG-30-A by Jenkins Valves c. Model T-204 by Jomar International d. 3410 by McDonald Valves & Fittings e. BCI-100T (with tee handle) by Milwaukee Valve f. 'Red Cap' gas ball valve by PGL Corp g. Model B-6000-UL by Watts Regulator B. Cocks 1. Gauge Cocks - Conbraco 41-560 bronze gauge cock. 2. Lubricated Balancing Cocks - a. Square head type suitable for 175 psig wog at 150 deg F. b. Wrench handle for each valve. c. 2 inches And Smaller - 1 ) Cast iron body with screwed connections. 2) Approved Products - a) Powell - 2200 b) Walworth - 1796 d. 2-1/2 to 5 inches - 1) Cast iron body with flanged connections. 2) Approved Products - a) Powell - 2201 b) Walworth - 1797F e. 6 inches And Larger - 1 ) Cast iron body with flanged connections. 2) Approved Products - a) Powell - 2201 b) Walworth - 1718F C. Seismic Valves 1. Natural gas seismic shut-off valves. a. Rate at maximum 20 psi pressure with positive seating from minus 40 deg F to plus 150 deg F for exterior mounting near gas meter. b. UL listed valve, factory set for UBC Seismic Zone 3 rating or IBC Seismic Design Category C. c. Size 3 inch flanged minimum - 150 lb flanged connections rated at 13,000,000 Btuh minimum at 0.4 WG drop secondary pressure 5 psi. d. Approved Products - 1) KOSO - 315 HPF 2) Quakemaster - 30C 2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. ConBraCo Industries, Inc, Matthews, NC (704) 841-6000 www.conbraco.com B. Jenkins Valves Inc, Bolingbrook, IL (800) 241-6560 www.cranevalve.com C. Jomar International, Madison Heights, MI (800) 325-5690 www.jo-mar.com D. KOSO by Pacific Seismic Products Inc, Lancaster, CA (800) 442-7633 or (661) 942-4499 www.psp4gasoff.com E. McDonald Valves & Fittings Inc, Oklahoma City, OK (405) 631-0808 F. Milwaukee Valve Co, Milwaukee, WI (414) 744-5240 www.milwaukeevalve.com G. Powell Valves, Cincinnati, OH (513) 852-2000 www.powellvalves.com H. Quake Master, Fullerton, CA (800) 338-8701 or (918) 227-4535 I. 'Red Cap' gas ball valve by PGL Corp, J. Walworth Company, Houston, TX (800) 735-6007 or (713) 777-7788 www.walworthvalve.com K. Watts Regulator Co, North Andover, MA (978) 688-1811 www.wattsreg.com Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 2 June 2005 Section 15196 Natural Gas Piping System PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Steel pipe installed in walls, and pipes 2-112 inches and larger shall have welded fittings and joints. B. Lay underground pipe in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and local gas utility company regulations and specifications. 1. Provide 24 inch minimum steel pipe between vertical rise of riser and end of polyethylene line if anode -less riser is not used. Use plastic -to -steel transition or compression fitting between end of polyethylene line and steel meter riser. Provide cathodic protection for steel riser or use anode -less riser. 2. Place tracer wire along side of polyethylene pipe from meter to point where pipe rises inside building. 3. Place 4 inches of sand around gas line buried underground. 4. Do not install gas piping under building floor slabs -on -grade. C. Use fittings for changes of direction in pipe and for branch runouts. D. Cap interior stub for future Bid Package. F. Install seismic valve in 24 inch long pipe section anchored to building wall at each end. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site tests - Subject all portions of gas piping system, in sections or in entirety, to air pressure of 75 psig and prove airtight for four hours. Disconnect equipment not suitable for 75 psig pressure from piping system during test period. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION June 2005 Section 15196 Natural Gas Piping System Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 4 June 2005 Section 15196 Natural Gas Piping System SECTION 15410 PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install plumbing fixtures as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Division 02 - Piping systems outside of building from point where interior piping terminates 5 feet outside wall lines. 2. Section 15051 - General Mechanical Requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Interior exposed pipe, valves, and fixture trim, including trim behind custom casework doors, shall be chrome plated. B. Piping, Valves, and Fittings - As specified in 15100. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS A. Drains 1. Floor Drain (FD-1) - a. Duco cast-iron body, flashing collar, 6 inch square nickel bronze adjustable strainer. 1) Approved Manufacturers And Models - a) JR Smith - 2010-B b) Josam - 30000-S c) Zurn - Z-415 b. Deep seal trap with clean out plug. 1) Approved Manufacturers And Models - a) JR Smith - 7220 b) Zurn - Z-1000 C. Delete clean out plug on drains used for slab -on -grade installation. d. Install 36 inch by 36 inch by 4 Ib/sq ft lead pan. 2. Floor Sink (FS-1) - a. Duco cast-iron body with flashing flange, acid resisting porcelain enamel interior, with dome strainer, and 8-1/2 inch square nickel bronze rim and half grate. b. Provide 36 inch by 36 inch by 4 lb / sq ft lead pan. C. Provide deep seal cast iron "P" trap with clean out. (Exception: No cleanout plug required for slab on grade installation.) d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1 . JR Smith 3100 2. Josam 49000-43 3. Zurn Z-1910 Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 15410 Plumbing Fixtures 3. Floor Sink (FS-2) a. 10 inch deep Duco cast-iron body with flashing flange, acid resisting porcelain enamel interior, with dome strainer, 12-1/2 inch square nickel bronze rim and half grate. b. Provide 36 inch by 36 inch by 4 lb / sq ft lead pan. C. Provide deep seal cast iron "P" trap with clean out.(Exception: No cleanout plug required for slab on grade installation.) d. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1 . JR Smith 3160 2. Josam 49060AS-43 3. Zurn Z-1902 4. Floor Sink (FS-3) a. 17 inch deep duco cast iron body with flashing flange, acid resisting porcelain enameled interior, with dome strainer, 24 x 12 nickel bronze rim and half grate. b. Provide 36 inch by 36 inch by 4 Ibs/sq ft lead pan. C. Provide deep seal cast iron "P" trap with cleanout. (Exception: No cleanout plug required for slab on grade installation.) d. Approved Manufacturers and Models - 1 ) JR Smith 3250 2) Zurn Z-1995 5. Shower Drain (SD-1) - a. Same as FD-1 Floor Drain. b. Install 4 Ib/sq ft lead pan over entire shower floor and extend 6 inches up each wall. C. Chrome plated bronze strainer. 6. Area Drain (AD-1) - a. Duco cast-iron body, flashing collar, 8 inch square nickel bronze adjustable strainer, 4" outlet, no p-trap. 1) Approved Manufacturers and Models - a) JR Smith - Z010B b) Josam - 30000-S c) Zurn - Z-415 7. Roof Drains (RD-1) - a. Size - As shown on Drawings. b. Duco cast-iron body, with adjustable extension, reversible collar flashing clamp, gravel stop, underdeck clamp, sump receiver, and cast iron dome. C. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1 ) JR Smith - 1015 2) Zurn - Z 100 EA 8. Overflow Roof Drains (ORD-1) - a. Size - As shown on Drawings. b. Duco cast-iron body, with 2" high external water dam collar, gravel stop, underdeck clamp, sump receiver, and cast iron dome. C. Approved Manufacturers And Models - 1 ) JR Smith - 1080 with 1015 extension 2) Zurn - Z 100 EA-89 B. Cleanouts 1. Approved Manufacturers And Types a. Finish Floors - 1 ) Josam - 56010 2) JR Smith - 4023 3) Wade - 6000 4) Zurn - Z-1402 b. Resilient Flooring - 1) Josam - 56010-12 2) JR Smith - 4140 3) Wade - 6000-T 4) Zurn - Z-1400 Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 15410 Plumbing Fixtures C. Finished Wall - 1) Josam - 58890 2) JR Smith - 4530 3) Wade - 8560 with 8480R Cover 4) Zurn - Z-1446 d. Exposed Drain Lines - 1) Josam - 58510 2) JR Smith - 4510 3) Wade - 8560 4) Zurn - Z-1445 e. General Purpose - 1) Josam - 58500 2) JR Smith - 4400 3) Wade - 8550 4) Zurn - 1440 C. Sump - 1 ) Fiberglass basin of size and capacity as scheduled on drawings. 2) Steel cover of O.D. to match flange of fiberglass basin. Secured by stainless steel bolts and coated with rust -inhibiting paint. 3) Sump shall be equipped with pump mounting plates with bottom rail supports, upper rain supports and lifting chain. 2.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS A. Josam Co, Michigan City, IN (219) 872-5531 B. J R Smith, Montgomery, AL (205) 277-8520 C. Zurn Industries Inc, Erie, PA (814) 455-0921 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify floor drain locations with architectural drawings. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Piping And Connections - As specified in Section 15100. Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 3 Section 15410 June 2005 Plumbing Fixtures Bid Package #1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE 4 June 2005 Section 15410 Plumbing Fixtures DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 16051 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION 16100 WIRING METHODS 16132 RACEWAY AND CONDUIT 16200 ELECTRICAL POWER 16210 ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICES Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS 1 June 2005 Division 16 Table Of Contents BLANK PAGE Bid Package #1- 2 Oivision1G Sitowork.UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June200b Table OfContents SECTION 16051 GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. General electrical system requirements and procedures. 2. Perform excavating and backfilling work required by work of this Division as described in Contract Documents. 3. Make electrical connections to equipment provided under other Sections. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02315 - Criteria for performance of excavating and backfilling 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies 1. NEC and local ordinances and regulations shall govern unless more stringent requirements are specified. 2. Material and equipment provided shall meet standards of NEMA or UL, and bear their label wherever standards have been established and label service is available. 1.3 OWNER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Provide competent instructor for three days to train maintenance personnel in operation and maintenance of electrical equipment and systems. Factory representatives shall assist this instruction as necessary. Schedule instruction period at time of final inspection. PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 APPROVED INSTALLERS A. Approved Electrical Installers 1. Approved electrical installer shall be pre -approved in accordance with General Conditions and included in Construction Documents by Addendum. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Confirm dimensions, ratings, and specifications of equipment to be installed and coordinate these with site dimensions and with other Sections. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Locations of electrical equipment shown on Drawings are approximate only. Field verify actual locations for proper installation. 2. Coordinate electrical equipment locations and conduit runs with those providing equipment to be served before installation or rough -in. a. Notify Architect of conflicts before beginning work. Bid Package #1 - 1 Section 16051 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 General Electrical Requirements Work related to other trades which is required under this Division, such as cutting and patching, trenching, and backfilling, shall be performed according to standards specified in applicable Sections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Site Tests - Test systems and demonstrate equipment as working and operating properly. Notify Architect before test. Rectify defects at no additional cost to Owner. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION N ,June 2005 Section 16051 General Electrical Requirements SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install grounding for electrical installation as described in Contract Documents except as excluded below. B. Related Sections 1. Section 16051 - General Electrical Requirements 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Pre -Installation Conference - Participate in pre -installation conference specified in Section 03313. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Size materials as shown on Drawings and in accordance with applicable codes. B. Grounding And Bonding Jumper Conductors - Copper with green insulation or bare. C. Make grounding conductor connections to ground rods and water pipes using approved bolted clamps listed for such use. D. Service Grounding Connections And Cable Splices 1. Make by exothermic process 2. Approved Products - a. 'Cadweld' by Erico Products Inc, Solon, OH (440) 248-0100 www.erico.com b. 'Thermoweld' by Brundy, Norwalk, CT (203) 838-4444 PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work - Coordinate with Section 03313 in installing grounding conductor and placing concrete. Do not allow placement of concrete before Architect's inspection of grounding conductor installation. B. Grounding conductors and bonding jumper conductors shall be continuous from terminal to terminal without splice. Provide grounding for following. 1. Electrical service, its equipment and enclosures. 2. Conduits and other conductor enclosures. 3. Neutral or identified conductor of interior wiring system. 4. Main panelboard, power and lighting panelboards. 5. Non -current -carrying metal parts of fixed equipment such as motors, starter and controller cabinets, instrument cases, and lighting fixtures. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho 1 June 2005 Section 16060 Grounding And Bonding C. Provide concrete -encased electrode system by embedding 20 feet minimum of No. 2/0 bare copper conductor in concrete footing, 2 inches minimum below concrete surface. Extend No. 2/0 copper conductor to main panel as shown on Drawings. D Ground identified common conductor of electrical system at secondary side of main transformer supplying building. Ground identified grounded (neutral) conductor of electrical system on supply side of main service disconnect. I. Connect equipment grounds to building system ground. 1. Use same size equipment grounding conductors as phase conductors up through #10 AWG. 2. Use NEC Table 250-95 for others unless noted otherwise in Drawings. E. On motors, connect ground conductors to conduit with approved grounding bushing and to metal frame with bolted solderless lug. F. Do not bond neutral conductor of emergency generator set to set frame at generator location. G. Ground cabinet of transformers to conduit and ground wires, if installed. Bond transformer secondary neutral conductor to cabinet. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspections - Notify Architect for inspection two days minimum prior to placing concrete over grounding conductor. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION K June 2005 Section 16060 Grounding And Bonding SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install laminated plastic nameplates as described in Contract Documents. B. Related Sections 1. Section 16051 - General Electrical Requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Nameplates 1. Nameplate designations indicated in capital letters shall be engraved in letters 3/16 inch high. Small letters and numbers shall be 1/8 inch high. 2. Letters shall be black on white background. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Provide typewritten Index of circuits in branch panelboards. 1. Use circuit description wording and odd / even form as indicated on Panel Schedules on Drawings. 2. Install index behind plastic cover on inside of each branch panelboard door. B. Nameplates 1. Main Switchboard MSB - a. Label switchboard and main breaker as follows - MAIN SWITCHBOARD MSP MAIN BREAKER 480Y / 277 V 3 phase 1600 A b. Label circuit -breakers with format as follows but with appropriate designation - PANEL AA MOTOR CONTROL CNTR MCCA Basement Basement PANEL DP PANEL LDP Temple Basement 2. Distribution Panelboards - a. Label as follows - DISTRIBUTION PANEL DP DISTRIBUTION PANEL LDP 480Y / 277 V 3 phase 208Y / 120 V 3 phase 1200A 1200A b. Label circuit -breakers with format as follows but with appropriate designation - PANEL LAA MOTOR CONTROL CNTR MCCA Basement Basement PANEL LAG PANEL LDP Kitchen Basement Bid Package #1 - 1 Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 16075 Electrical Identification 3. Motor Control Centers - a. Label with format as follows but with appropriate designation - MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MCCA 480 V 3 phase b. Label motor -starter units with format as follows but with appropriate designation as indicated on motor control center details on Drawings. AIR COND UNIT AC-1 4. Branch Panelboards - a. Label with format as follows but with appropriate designation - PANEL LAA 480Y / 277 V 3 phase 208Y / 120 V 3 phase 5. Transformers 15 KVA And Larger - a. Label as follows - TRANSFORMER PRIMARY 480 V 3 phase panel MDP SECONDARY 208y / 120 V 3 phase panel LDP 6. Automatic Transfer Switch - a. Label as follows - EMERGENCY POWER AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH 480Y / 277 V 3 phase generator Normal Source: Main switchboard MSB Standby Source: Emergency Generator Serves: Panel 'E' 7. Emergency Generator Set - a. Label as follows - EMERGENCY GENERATOR SET 480Y / 277 V 3 phase, 40 KW 8. Service Entrance Equipment - a. Label in conformance with NEC 700-8 b. Indicate type and location of emergency generator set. c. Label as follows - EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEM Standby Engine Generator Set Located in West Basement. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION N 1'illliT:lf+1I1F'! Section 16075 Electrical Identification SECTION 16132 Z71TAa .• PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Quality of material and installation procedures for raceway and fittings used on Project but furnished under other Divisions. 2. Furnish and install raceway and conduit used on Project not specified to be installed under other Sections. B. Related Sections 1. Section 16051 - General Electrical Requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 COMPONENTS A. Raceway And Conduit 1. 3/4 inch for exterior underground use and 1/2 inch elsewhere, unless indicated otherwise. Use of each type restricted as indicated by product. 2. Galvanized rigid steel or galvanized intermediate metal conduit (IMC) is allowed for use in all areas. 3. Galvanized Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT), Flexible Steel Conduit, And Metal -Clad Cable (Type MC) - a. Allowed for use only in indoor dry locations where it is - 1) Not subject to damage 2) Not in contact with earth 3) Not in concrete b. Flexible steel conduit or metal -clad cable required for final connections to indoor mechanical equipment. 4. Schedule 40 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Conduit - Allowed for use only underground or below concrete with galvanized rigid steel or IMC elbows and risers. 5. Listed, Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit - a. Use in outdoor final connections to mechanical equipment, length not to exceed 36 inches. 6. Electrical Non -Metallic Tubing (ENT) - Allowed for use only as a raceway for low voltage cables in concealed or inaccessible, indoor, dry locations. 7. Prohibited Raceway Materials - a. Aluminum conduit. b. Armored cable type AC (BX) cable B. Raceway And Conduit Fittings 1. Rigid Steel Conduit And IMC - Threaded and designed for conduit use. 2. EMT - a. Compression type b. Steel set screw housing type. 3. PVC Conduit - a. PVC type. Use PVC adapters at all boxes. b. PVC components, (conduit, fittings, cement) shall be from same Manufacturer. 4. Flexible Steel Conduit - Screw -in type 5. Liquid -tight Flexible Metal Conduit - Sealtite type 6. Expansion fittings shall be equal to OZ Type AX sized to raceway and including bonding jumper. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 16132 Raceway And Conduit 7. Prohibited Fitting Materials - a. Crimp -on, tap -on, indenter type fittings. b. Cast set -screw fittings for EMT. c. Spray (aerosol) PVC cement. C. Seal Devices - OZ Type WSK PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work 1. Coordinate with Division 15 for installation of raceway for control of mechanical equipment. 2. Install pull wires in raceways installed under this Section where conductors or cables are to be installed under other Divisions. B. General 1. Conceal raceways within ceilings, walls, and floors, except at Contractor's option, conduit may be exposed on walls or ceilings of mechanical equipment areas and above acoustical panel suspension ceiling systems. Install exposed raceway runs parallel to or at right angles to building structure lines. 2. Keep raceway runs 6 inches minimum from hot water pipes. 3. Make no more than four quarter bends, 360 degrees total, in any conduit run between outlet and outlet, fitting and fitting, or outlet and fitting. a. Make bends and offsets so conduit is not injured and internal diameter of conduit is not effectively reduced. b. Radius of curve shall be at least minimum indicated by NEC. C. Raceway Support 1. Securely support raceway within 36 inches of every 90 degree bend, outlet box, junction box, device box, cabinet, conduit body, and other termination with approved straps, clamps, or hangers. Space supports every 10 feet maximum. Support EMT couplings within 18 inches of every coupling D. Cut conduit smooth and square with run and ream to remove rough edges. Cap raceway ends during construction. Clean or replace raceway in which water or foreign matter have accumulated. E. Install insulated bushings on each end of raceway 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. Install expansion fittings where raceways cross building expansion joints. F. Bend PVC conduit by hot box bender and, for PVC 2 inches in diameter and larger, expanding plugs. Apply PVC adhesive only by brush. G. Installation in Concrete 1. Install no conduit in concrete unless outside diameter is less than 1/3 of slab, wall, or beam thickness in which it is embedded. a. Position conduits in center of concrete below reinforcing steel, and separated by minimum lateral spacing of three diameters. b,. Elbows embedded in concrete shall be rigid steel or IMC and stubouts from concrete slabs shall extend 3 inches minimum before making connection to EMT. 2. Separate conduits penetrating structural slabs in buildings by 2 inches minimum. 3. Install seal device where underground raceways penetrate concrete building wall. H. Installation In Framing 1. Do not bore holes in joists or beams outside center 1/3 of member depth or within 24 inches of bearing points. Do not bore holes in vertical framing members outside center 1/3 of member width. 2. Holes shall be one inch diameter maximum. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho June 2005 Section 16132 Raceway And Conduit Underground Raceway And Conduit 1. Bury underground raceway installed outside building 24 inches deep minimum. 2. Bury underground conduit in planting areas minimum 18 inches. It is permissible to install conduit directly below concrete sidewalks, however, conduit must be buried 18 inches deep at point of exit from planting areas. 3. Wrap buried galvanized rigid steel and galvanized IMC conduit and fittings with vinyl tape where in contact with earth or concrete. Prohibited Procedures 1. Use of wooden plugs inserted in concrete or masonry units for mounting raceway, supports, boxes, cabinets, or other equipment. 2. Installation of raceway which has been crushed or deformed. 3. Use of torches for bending PVC. 4. Spray applied PVC cement. 5. Boring holes in truss members. 6. Notching of structural members. 7. Supporting raceway from ceiling system support wires. 8. Nail drive straps or tie wire for supporting raceway. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION June 2005 Section 16,132 Raceway And Conduit Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho A , 4 June 2005 Section 16132 Raceway And Conduit SECTION 16210 ELECTRICAL UTILITY SERVICE IZ13A aKei4N4ZT-1'� iNA&IRT,jyj1_T �I A. Includes But Not Limited To 1. Furnish and install services as described in Contract Documents and as required by local utility. 2. Furnish and install transformer grounding in accordance with power company requirements. 3. Complete cost of service. B. Related Sections 1. Section 02776 - Transformer pad 2. Section 16051 - General Electrical Requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Conduit, conductors, and connectors shall be as specified in Sections of this Division. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Interface With Other Work - Coordinate with BYU - Idaho on all items to ensure complete and timely service installation. B. Provide trenching, backfilling, and compacting for primary service in accordance with BYU - Idaho requirements. C. Furnish and install secondary conduit, conductors, trenching and backfill. D. Furnish and install concrete transformer pad in accordance with requirements of BYU - Idaho. Bid Package #1 - Sitework, UG MEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho END OF SECTION 1 June 2005 Section 16210 Electrical Utility Service Bid Paokoge#1 - Sdework.UGMEP, Foundation Rexburg Idaho Temple Rexburg, Idaho BLANK PAGE June 2005 Senhnn1621O Electrical Utility Service Rexburg Idaho Temple PROJECT MANUAL Bid Package 81 - SH—k, Undergmund MEP. F—dation �J JACOBSEN Lon.rlruc/irin A R C H I T E C T U R A L nexus ArchXect Project Number: 04119 June 2005 1 1 1 1